Forex cartago: Sistema De Comercio D3

Bienvenido

Bienvenido a D3 Trading, su socio internacional de sourcing de productos.

D3 Trading es una agencia de importación / exportación profesional y experimentada, que le ofrece una solución completa a sus necesidades comerciales. Ofrecemos exeptional altos estándares y niveles de servicio en todos los tratos.

Contacto D3 Trading hoy y saber que va a trabajar con la empresa más confiable en el sector de importación y exportación.

Sobre nosotros

D3 Trading es una empresa de importación / exportación con sede en Ciudad del Cabo, Sudáfrica. También tenemos un representante situado en Dubai, Emiratos Árabes Unidos.

D3 Trading es una agencia de importación / exportación creíble, comprometida con un servicio de calidad y productos que garanticen el valor por su dinero. Asistimos a las empresas en la expansión de su mercado objetivo, la creación de ingresos de estos mercados sin explotar.

Creemos en el compromiso y la excelencia en el desempeño, con estricto cumplimiento del código comercial internacional.

Comercio

El comercio es el acto de dar y / o recibir artículos y / o entre dos jugadores, o entre un jugador y un NPC. Dar un artículo sin conseguir uno o el oro a cambio, o conseguir un artículo sin ofrecer uno o el oro usted mismo se llama también negociar en Diablo II. Pero no necesariamente en el mundo de la vida real.

Al negociar artículos raros con otros jugadores, el oro se utiliza raramente como moneda.

Límites de venta en Diablo II Editar sección

Diablo III Editar sección

Esta página contiene contenido obsoleto Este artículo contiene información que ya no es relevante para el juego, pero se mantiene aquí con fines informativos.

En Diablo III. El comercio se implementó plenamente en el juego de la vainilla (tanto el comercio personal y la Casa de Subastas), pero con la mayoría, si no todos los artículos decentes convirtiéndose en cuenta vinculada en segador de las almas. El comercio entre los jugadores se ha vuelto obsoleto. El oro tampoco puede ser transferido.

[Sugerencia] Sistema comercial similar al D3

¿Todavía prefiere su manera?

Hmm, no sé. Si sólo pudiéramos intercambiar artículos que acabamos de recibir, estaría bien, sobre todo si estamos en el comercio con algo de igual valor. Pero no veo ningún daño en el comercio de artículos abundantes / blancos cuando lo desee, aunque todavía podría devaluar el botín un poco, ya que sería mucho más fácil adquirir cada artículo ingame (de menor calidad), y ya que sería posible Yo para adquirir equipo para el cazador de brujas :)

Estoy de pie por la calidad del comercio hasta legendario. Esas son naranjas por una razón. Los límites indicados parecen ser bastante fáciles. Diga que usted es un WH y yo soy mi WW. Yo y usted sólo 2 tripulados Cataclysm Guerra de los motores. Obtienes mi arco. Consigo tus pistolas duales. ¿No sientes que has ganado esos?

O como mi amigo tiene un colgante que le da más velocidad de movimiento. Como Archer me encantaría que de la ronda que jugó conmigo.

No estoy seguro de si debe haber una asignación para el comercio sólo con personas con las que acaba de jugar. La mejor manera de deshacerse de sus pilas de apilamiento de "basura" sería el comercio de cualquier en cualquier momento, o mejor, piezas de chatarra y ser capaz de construir nuevos usted mismo. Mientras que el juego "necesita" tener una razón para volver a jugar el sistema de botín sólo parece molesto.

Hola, Blizzard, D2 & amp; D3 ventiladores,

Mi nombre es Pavel y tengo 6 años de experiencia de comercio de Forex y 2 años de trabajo en una empresa de divisas.

Me gustaría plantear aquí en mi puesto el punto de por qué el comercio, es decir, la casa de subastas no funcionó para el juego de Diablo 3. Nunca he pedido una respuesta de un Blizzard reprasentative, pero si un poste azul da la regeneración será apreciado.

Vi el video con Josh Mosqueira en GameSpot y al final le hicieron una pregunta sobre si habría intercambio en el juego. Su respuesta fue muy franca y firme. En gran medida la casa de subastas ha arruinado el Diablo expirience en vainilla, pero shouldnt lugar tradin como una cosa mala. Yo estaba escuchando atentamente a Josh como él explicó cómo cualquier comercio dañaría un momento de caída / actualización. La verdad es que el AH destruyó la curva de recompensa como se implementó muy mal. Permítanme entrar en detalles aquí:

El oro no es un enfoque social para un Comercio

Los artículos de la AH se negociaban por oro. El oro se vendía por dinero real. Moler oro no era divertido. Un sistema de pujas no tiene un lugar en el AH en absoluto, forzando a sus jugadores a tallo y superar a los demás no es divertido. El oro AH arrastrado el dinero real AH, ya que el dinero real AH era una copia de oro AH.

Aquí está un ejemplo de cómo construiría cosas e implementaría el comercio en el juego:

Artículo para el artículo & amp; Un sistema de notas

Cuando un jugador que juega a WD obtiene una gota, por ejemplo (Ancient Zunni offhand) puede colocarlo en AH con una nota explicando el contador que quiere para él. Un comerciante experto puede ofrecer un artículo alterno inspeccionando el carácter y ofreciendo una alternativa, no señalada en las notas como una petición.

Ahora para responder a una pregunta que es quizás la pregunta de todas las preguntas. ¿Podemos tener un dinero real AH y mantener una buena sensación del juego? La respuesta es sí, si se cumplen dos condiciones.

1. Sólo los elementos legendarios antiguos pueden ser comercializados. 2. Sólo se pueden abrir 2 operaciones por cada 48 horas en cada cuenta de Diablo 3. Un artículo vendido liberará un punto para que un nuevo artículo sea colocado. No más de un lugar puede ser opend por 48 horas.

Si se cumplen estas condiciones, permitirá a los jugadores minimizar sus personajes y detener las ofertas de basura por razones de dinero, es decir, los jugadores ofrecerán sus mejores artículos para asegurarse de liberar una ranura.

No puedo poner en todo lo que hay que hacer para una buena expirience comercial que funciona con el juego como el puesto ya es muy largo.

Al final me gustaría decir que la intención de abrir un dinero real AH fue muy audaz de Blizzard, pero tenía muchos errores, por lo que fracasó.

A Josh - mientras entiendo las razones detrás del cierre de ambas casas de subastas, no es el comercio mismo que arruinó la vanila Diablo 3. Juego juegos de Blizzard durante 14 años y la compañía que crecí para saber no retrocede de los proyectos "que Simplemente no funcionó ". Gracias por mejorar el juego hasta ahora, generalmente estás en el buen camino en mi humilde opinión.

Editado por Heartshard # 1549 el 08/03/2017 10:44 GMT

08/03/2017 14:52 Publicado por iLLich

Debo decir que el juego será abandonado de todos modos con el tiempo (que es natural) y / o la liberación de algún nextgen de alta calidad substiture (que sea incluso D4) que será capaz de cubrir las necesidades de las personas que están jugando el Juego hoy en día.

Ahora debemos preguntarnos qué hizo el equipo D2 y el equipo D3 equivocado?

Bcs theyre todavía mucha gente por ahí (yo incluido) que juegan D2 después de 15 años (Mb más activo reproductor D3?)

1 aspecto importante por qué es la posibilidad de intercambiar artículos.

Dont decir D3 es un mal juego, pero para mí se siente más como un WOW que un Diablo. (Principalmente bcs las restricciones como BOA)

Pero OK, mb es la influencia de Activision que hacen los nuevos juegos de Blizzard más fugaces que los juegos de Blizzard North. ;)

Esperemos que otro editor (o mb el equipo D4) aprenda de los errores que el equipo actual hizo.

Hasta entonces debemos vivir con los circuitos cortos de pushup de Diablo 3, porque todavía no hay juego alternativo real por ahí.

Esto significa: espera por parche / escalera -> trae un nuevo char a 70 -> encontrar / probar nuevos elementos -> terminar BIS construye después de 1 semana -> esperando 2-3 meses para el próximo parche.

Editado por CroDanZ # 2156 el 08/03/2017 18:31 GMT

Informe cualquier infracción del Código de Conducta, incluyendo:

Amenazas de violencia. Tomamos éstos seriamente y alertaremos a las autoridades apropiadas.

Puestos que contienen información personal sobre otros jugadores. Esto incluye direcciones físicas, direcciones de correo electrónico, números de teléfono y fotos y / o videos inapropiados.

Lenguaje hostigador o discriminatorio. Esto no será tolerado.

Reportaje # escrito por

Explicar (256 caracteres máximo)

¡Informó!

Región

Idioma

Aviso de Cookie

Blizzard Entertainment utiliza cookies y tecnologías similares en sus sitios web. Al continuar con su navegación después de haber recibido la información de la cookie, usted acepta dicho uso.

D3 Security Management Systems Inc.

Detalles de la compañía: Suite 707, 1177 West Hastings St. Vancouver, V6E2K3 Canadá

D3 Security Management Systems desarrolla y apoya los reportes de incidentes más avanzados, la administración de casos de investigación, el envío asistido por computadora (CAD), las órdenes de correos de seguridad y los sistemas de patrulla de guardias de seguridad en el mercado.

Los productos de D3 están diseñados para gestionar las funciones de Seguridad, Gobernanza, Gestión de Riesgos y Cumplimiento de las organizaciones. Un sello distintivo de cualquier sistema D3 es que promueve la recopilación eficiente y consistente de datos críticos, desencadenando automáticamente acciones apropiadas y asegurando el cumplimiento. Por lo tanto, el análisis es posible gracias a la inteligencia empresarial incorporada (BI) para el modelado y la analítica de la predictibilidad, que en última instancia optimiza las operaciones del cliente a través de decisiones inteligentes, estratégicas y tácticas.

La tecnología de vanguardia de D3 basada en web es totalmente personalizable y diseñada para satisfacer los requisitos específicos de una organización. Los sistemas están disponibles a través de modelos de licencias de Enterprise (servidores en sitio) o Software-as-a-Service (cloud computing).

Sigue leyendo

Alarmas y Monitoreo

El módulo de software de informes de incidentes de D3 es fácil de usar y totalmente personalizable. Las opciones de personalización flexibles permiten que los formularios de incidentes, las tareas y los informes de análisis se diseñen según las necesidades específicas de su organización. Esto se reduce considerablemente.

El módulo de producto D3 Investigation / Case Management es una solución basada en web que brinda funciones de gestión de casos y colaboración para garantizar la rendición de cuentas, aumentar la eficacia de las investigaciones y, en general, simplificar la gestión y la gestión.

La solución ayuda a agilizar las operaciones, ahorrando tiempo y reduciendo errores

7 de septiembre de 2012

Programa reconoce los productos, servicios y soluciones más innovadores de Security

Cargando

Servicio True Blue & amp; Apoyo

Servicios de soporte de ventas

Descargar software

Recursos del producto

Formación

Software de Sistema de Iluminación y Automatización

Recursos

& # 169; 2017 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Privacidad | Legal | Comentarios Todas las marcas, nombres de productos y marcas comerciales son propiedad de sus respectivos propietarios. Algunas marcas comerciales, marcas registradas y nombres comerciales pueden ser utilizados para referirse a las entidades que reclaman las marcas y nombres o sus productos. Crestron rechaza cualquier interés de propiedad en las marcas y nombres de otros. Crestron no se hace responsable de errores tipográficos o fotográficos. Las especificaciones están sujetas a cambios sin previo aviso.

Hablaste escuchamos

En respuesta a su valorada retroalimentación, hemos rediseñado y simplificado el nuevo Crestron. com Pro Panel. Ahora, usted puede encontrar rápidamente todo lo que necesita.

La nueva herramienta "Mis favoritos" le permite agregar rápidamente páginas de uso frecuente directamente a su panel de control. Simplemente haga clic en el botón "Añadir a mis favoritos" en la parte superior de cualquier página.

Cuadro de instrumentos: Todos los artículos que se utilizan con más frecuencia en un lugar conveniente, desde información de productos y listas de precios, hasta el estado del pedido y los materiales de soporte de ventas.

Una introducción insatisfactoria a D3.js

La semana pasada tuve la oportunidad de dar una breve introducción a la biblioteca de visualización de información JavaScript D3. La introducción, que tuvo lugar en el Centro de Análisis Espacial y Textual (CESTA) aquí en Stanford, fue dirigida a una audiencia extremadamente amplia, de codificadores expertos que querían aprender una nueva biblioteca para estudiosos que querían entender mejor cómo está representada la información Dinámica e interactivamente. He estado usando D3 cada vez más últimamente, por ejemplo, para la línea de tiempo en el mapa del buscador de rutas ORBIS. Así como para el Cartograma de Distancia Dinámica en ORBIS. Pero en ambos casos, éstos eran usos bastante simplistas de la biblioteca. D3.js es sólo una opción para la visualización de información en el navegador, y le permite construir una amplia variedad de elementos interactivos en su sitio web, como este gráfico dirigido por la fuerza que creé hace un tiempo:

Aún así, es difícil discutir una biblioteca de software específica con una audiencia tan diversa, porque quieres explicar a la mitad de la audiencia cómo hacer que algo funcione, mientras explica a la otra mitad por qué es importante que ellos Entender cómo funciona, y ambos grupos son sospechosos de la legitimidad de esta última afirmación. Estoy convencido de que hay bastantes profesores, estudiantes, personal de alt-ac, y así sucesivamente que tal introducción general es útil, pero como se puede ver con el título de este post, tengo mis propias sospechas. Yo también me siento frustrado por el hecho de que mi interesante material interactivo aún no ha sido publicado, y se relaciona con los proyectos que actualmente estoy trabajando aquí en Stanford.

En parte, sin embargo, eso es un esquivo, ya que dudo que yo sea un codificador suficientemente capacitado para enseñar un curso real sobre D3. Por lo tanto, aunque estoy feliz de explicar el tipo de trabajo que he hecho con él, me siento como codificadores que quieren aprender D3 debe mirar a un par de excelentes recursos: El primero es un conjunto de tutoriales escritos Por Scott Murray. Que tuvo que tomar un descanso de escribir los tutoriales para escribir un libro de O & # 8217; Reilly en la visualización web (que espero que la característica D3 prominente). El segundo es un tutorial interactivo escrito por Vadim Ogievetsky. Que demuestra muchas de las características más interesantes de la biblioteca.

Como punto de referencia, usaba código en Flash / Flex y realmente disfrutaba de ActionScript3. Por lo que mi adopción de JavaScript (js) para la visualización de información fue lento y cantankerous. No me gustaba el rendimiento de js, o la forma en que se estructuró o los ambientes de codificación o cualquier número de otras quejas que eran, en la reflexión, bastante ingenuo. No soy un ingeniero de software, así que no tengo ni idea de las razones profesionales o teóricas por las que una lengua es superior o no, y mis razones de no-perfomance-relacionadas para evitar js se redujeron a mi comodidad con la sintaxis y la estructura de ActionScript3.

El problema de rendimiento sigue siendo un problema, sin embargo, al igual que la compatibilidad. D3 funciona mejor en los navegadores Webkit (Chrome y Safari) y no tan bien en Firefox y no en Internet Explorer 8 o anterior. Esto se debe a que D3 se basa en gráficos vectoriales escalables (SVG) para representar su contenido gráfico, y SVG acaba de empezar a recibir soporte desde IE9. Técnicamente, puedes usar D3 para manipular elementos div y colorearlos y así mostrar el funcionamiento de dataviz en IE8, pero creo que es justo decir que D3 no es una solución adecuada a menos que estés cómodo perdiendo a alguien con un Navegador más antiguo.

Los gráficos vectoriales como SVG son expresiones textuales de formas que son mostradas por su navegador en tiempo de ejecución. Tienen numerosos beneficios, y no menos importante es que pueden ser diseñados e interactuados con cualquier otro elemento de un sitio web, y también proporcionan a los humanistas el orgullo de saber que sus objetos visuales son fundamentalmente textuales. Por ejemplo, para dibujar un círculo con D3, se podría codificar:

Attr ( "stroke", "rojo").attr ( "r", 5).attr ( "relleno", "azul").

¿Cuál es el equivalente de decirle al navegador en lenguaje natural que, & # 8220; dibuja un círculo con un radio de 5 [píxeles] que es azul con un contorno rojo. & # 8221;

Hay otras maneras de mostrar este tipo de contenido en el navegador, como usar el elemento canvas o usar VML, que son especialmente atractivos porque superan los problemas de compatibilidad con una solución SVG pura. Las bibliotecas de JavaScript como Raphael, JIT y Protovis son alternativas a D3 que usan lienzo o VML o ambos. Prefiero D3, que parece más limpio y por lo tanto más susceptible a la visualización de datos no estándar que normalmente ocurre en el trabajo que hago. D3 también tiene un soporte robusto para la visualización geoespacial, por lo que es bastante fácil para mí usar código similar para mostrar flujos, redes, globos, mapas planos o coordenadas paralelas. Esto hace que sea fácil encadenar juntos, por ejemplo, un mapa de sitios en ORBIS y un sistema de coordenadas paralelas que me permite analizar sitios que tienen valores de centralidad divergentes basados o pertenencia a la comunidad que se determina usando diferentes definiciones de peso de borde.

O representar datos utilizando un globo interactivo junto o en lugar de un mapa del mundo tradicionalmente proyectado.

El mundo gira, pero no hay manera de que pueda colocar 1000 diminutos círculos sobre él como puedo en un mapa plano, por lo que hay trade-offs dentro de los trade-offs. En algún momento, en realidad logré demostrar las formas interactivas de todos estos, y espero que tengan una interfaz bien diseñada.

Comercio

Me gustaría saber si GGG piensa que el sistema de Comercio en el juego es bueno? Y si tienen algún plan para el futuro que impliquen cambios para el sistema de comercio?

En mi opinión creo que el juego tiene un defecto mayor y es el comercio. Comenzando por los precios ridículos que la gente pone a esos artículos en el mercado a ocuparse de las personas mal educadas. En D3 la gente se quejó de la AC pero no veo mucha diferencia de D3 AC a POE comercio es básicamente lo mismo.

¿Por qué no agregar GGG en una tienda de juegos donde los jugadores pueden comprar artículos con moneda pero con el precio real legítimo hecho por ellos no por los jugadores?

Última bumped el 18 de marzo de 2017, 7:59 pm

Me gustaría saber si GGG piensa que el sistema de Comercio en el juego es bueno? Y si tienen algún plan para el futuro que impliquen cambios para el sistema de comercio?

¿Por qué no agregar GGG en una tienda de juegos donde los jugadores pueden comprar artículos con moneda pero con el precio real legítimo hecho por ellos no por los jugadores?

Tienen planes para el futuro del comercio. Recientemente implementaron fichas publicitarias públicas para atraer a los jugadores al mercado comercial que no estaban dispuestos a arriesgar el uso de software de terceros. Tienen más cambios en las obras, pero no han dado detalles sobre lo que esos cambios implican, al menos no que yo sepa.

Si las personas publican artículos por precios ridículos, entonces esos artículos no se venderán. Si el artículo se vende entonces alguien estaba dispuesto a pagar ese precio. Es una economía impulsada por los jugadores. La principal diferencia entre la casa de subastas D3 y poe. trade es la necesidad de negociar con un jugador. D3 estaba completamente en la oscuridad, usted no sabía quién estaba vendiendo el artículo y no pudieron ponerse en contacto con el jugador para intercambiar por un mejor precio u ofrecer algo distinto de lo que se enumeraba en una moneda que no tenía un uso importante. En PoE usted puede comprar el artículo para el precio enumerado o usted puede ofrecer la modernidad alternativa / artículos de modo que usted pueda conseguir el artículo para un precio que usted puede permitirse o con los artículos que usted no necesita.

GGG añadió una tienda de juegos. Se llama monedas de cadiro y perandus. unesdoc. unesco. org unesdoc. unesco. org

Creo que este juego debe permanecer como una economía impulsada por los jugadores. Lo único que creo que debería pasar es la posibilidad de poder comerciar con jugadores que están fuera de línea o dejar una oferta en un artículo que han enumerado.

Donde vamos, no necesitaremos ojos para ver.

Sí D3 AC fue malo que es por eso que se eliminó poe. trade y la ficha del juego incorporado es básicamente los mismos jugadores elegir los precios y eso es precisamente lo que quise decir gracias por señalar que fuera. (Economía basada en el jugador) que es donde el juego falla. Y sí las monedas de cadiro que totalmente se olvidó de él, pero todavía está lejos de ser perfecto y no en el estándar de obligar a abandonar sus personajes de alto nivel. Y una cosa a notar es que cadiro es ofertas al azar me atrevo a decir que las tiendas como Wow es mucho mejor así que no tengo que estar a merced de los jugadores

-Drop tasa es mierda porque quieren alentar el comercio. - Ningún sistema de comercio real implementado, tratar con la gente es ineficiente. - Todo lo que puedas encontrar es encontrado como millones de veces por otras personas por lo que casi garantizado para ser inútil.

Estoy programado para decir algo que es amable y estimulante en este momento, pero aparentemente hay un error que está trabajando a mi favor. & Quot;

¿Cómo es la culpa de los desarrolladores que los jugadores quieren demasiado para sus artículos? Los precios son mejores decidido por el mercado que alguna persona arbitraria. Una mejor interfaz para el comercio sería bueno, pero no hay nada malo con el comercio como lo es ahora. Añade otra dimensión al juego.

Kamar dejar que alguien con juicio justo poner un precio es mejor que los jugadores que buscan su mejor interés

Reportar Foro

NeuronQuant: Sistema de comercio cuantitativo automatizado

NeuronQuant es un conjunto de herramientas y un motor destinado a permitirle fácil e intuitivamente construir su propio sistema automatizado de comercio cuantitativo. Está diseñado para permitir que expertos financieros, desarrolladores y científicos (juntos suenen muy bien) exploren, prueben e implementen hacks técnicos de mercado.

Si bien el proyecto todavía está en una edad temprana, ya puede escribir, o utilizar, comprar / vender algoritmos de señales y estrategias de asignación de cartera. A continuación, sólo tiene que conectarlo en el sistema y verlo desde su dev-consola o la aplicación web se ejecutan en backtest o modo de comercio en vivo.

Además, el proyecto propone instalaciones para construir un sistema distribuido y una aplicación del siglo XXI (datos grandes, cálculos de grasa, d3.js y otras cosas html5), herramientas para mezclar lenguajes como Python, node. js y R y una biblioteca financiera. Usted encontrará algunas cosas como predicción de aprendizaje de máquina, optimización de la cartera de markowitz, optimización genética, análisis de sentimiento de twitter.

Para ejecutar manualmente un backtest, configure el archivo algos. cfg y manager. cfg y luego ejecute

/backtest. py --tickers google, apple --algorithm DualMA --manager OptimalFrontier --start 2005-01-10 --end 2010-07-03

O en modo en tiempo real:

/backtest. py - etiquetas aleatorias, 6 --algoritmo StdBased --manager Equidad --delta 2min --vivir

Más ejemplos disponibles [root] /scripts/run_backtest. sh

Como se mencionó, puede escribir fácilmente sus propios algoritmos. Aquí está el ejemplo del gestor de recursos, que asigna el mismo peso a todos sus activos:

Las estrategias que activan las señales de compra o venta se utilizan dentro del gran motor de respaldo de zipline y por lo tanto utilizan bastante el mismo esquema, además del administrador, y algunos parámetros de configuración. Aquí una estrategia momentum clásica:

Recuerde que los administradores y algoritmos deben ser configurados en sus propios archivos *.cfg oa través de la aplicación web.

Puede configurar su entorno comercial ejecutándose desde el directorio raíz. /scripts/run_labo. py y el acceso a la página brillante del frontend. Desde allí configurar el backtest, ejecutarlo y explorar los resultados detallados.

Los proyectos y los Web site abajo son trabajos impresionantes que utilizo pesadamente, aprendo de y agradezco agradecido:

Carreras

Posición: Diseñador UX

Ciudad: Vancouver

Descripción del trabajo:

D3 está buscando un experimentado diseñador de experiencia de usuario. Buscamos a alguien con una interfaz de usuario sólida, usabilidad y habilidades de diseño visual para crear aplicaciones escalables para mejorar la experiencia del usuario en la suite D3 de software B2B. Como diseñador de UX, definirá y diseñará interfaces para nuestros productos de seguridad física y cibernética líderes en la industria. Usted será responsable de desarrollar las mejores experiencias de usuario final (diseños de interfaz de usuario, modelos de interacción, prototipos, etc.) en un entorno de ritmo rápido. Trabajará en estrecha colaboración con la dirección de productos, la ingeniería y los líderes empresariales para pasar con éxito de los conceptos de producto de la etapa inicial al lanzamiento. Usted es un visionario pragmático que puede traducir las necesidades del negocio en una solución fantástica centrada en el cliente. Debe ser receptivo, flexible y capaz de tener éxito dentro de un entorno abierto y colaborativo entre iguales. El candidato ideal para esta posición estará a gusto visualizando una experiencia en abstracto y luego siendo capaz de conducir esa visión en productos de diseño sólidos.

Responsabilidades y Habilidades:

• Analizar los problemas de la interfaz de usuario y crear soluciones de diseño en la marca que cumplan con los objetivos y requisitos mensurables del negocio. • Crear diseños centrados en el usuario considerando la retroalimentación de los clientes, las restricciones / oportunidades técnicas y los hallazgos de usabilidad. • Trabajar estrechamente con el equipo del producto para desarrollar casos de uso y requisitos de alto nivel. • Diseñar la arquitectura de interfaz de usuario, la interfaz y los flujos de interacción para una variedad de tamaños de pantalla y modelos de interacción. • Rápida pero completamente crear flujos de proceso, wireframes y maquetas de diseño visual según sea necesario para conceptualizar y comunicar efectivamente comportamientos de interacción detallados. • Desarrollar y mantener especificaciones detalladas de la interfaz de usuario. • Presentar el trabajo de diseño al equipo del producto ya los ejecutivos D3 para su revisión y retroalimentación. • Proveer liderazgo en el área de innovaciones en interfaces de usuario de centros de contacto.

Requisitos:

• Experiencia de 3+ años como diseñador de experiencias de usuario, diseñador de interacciones, arquitecto de información o papel similar. • Una cartera o muestras de trabajo que demuestren experiencia creando grandes soluciones de diseño centradas en el usuario. • Excelente capacidad de comunicación, presentación, habilidades interpersonales y analíticas, incluyendo la habilidad de comunicar conceptos de diseño complejos e interactivos de forma clara y persuasiva. • Un deseo implacable de innovación, equilibrado con las necesidades empresariales y las expectativas del cliente. • Experiencia trabajando en un equipo colaborativo y trabajando directamente con desarrolladores para Implementación de diseños. • Fluidez en las mejores prácticas para arquitectura y diseño de sistemas B2B / enterprise, así como un sólido conocimiento de los principios y técnicas de usabilidad.

Para solicitar este puesto, envíe su curriculum vitae y carta de presentación a [correo electrónico & # 160; protegido]

Posición: Gerente de éxito de cliente

Ciudad: Vancouver

Descripción del trabajo:

El Gerente de Éxito del Cliente será el responsable de complementar las innovaciones, las mejores prácticas y las capacidades de D3 con los objetivos y prioridades de nuestros clientes valorados, impulsando así un mayor valor comercial y la alineación ejecutiva entre D3 y nuestros clientes. Usted será responsable de impulsar la adopción y el éxito del cliente proporcionando supervisión, recomendaciones de adopción, oportunidades para un mayor servicio. Realizará controles médicos de rutina y ayudará con la evaluación del valor del negocio para asegurar a nuestros clientes, el mayor ROI de D3. El éxito de este papel significa mayor satisfacción del cliente, retención y expansión de los negocios D3.

Responsabilidades y Habilidades:

• Servir como punto de contacto principal después de la implementación. Asumir la responsabilidad general de la adopción del cliente y la función de gestión de la escalada. • Desarrollar una relación de asesor de confianza con las partes interesadas de los clientes y los patrocinadores ejecutivos para impulsar la adopción del producto y asegurar que están aprovechando la solución para lograr el valor total del negocio. • Asociarse con las partes interesadas internas de D3 para alinear las actividades de la cuenta con el caso y la estrategia de negocio del cliente. • Preparar y educar a los clientes sobre nuevas características y versiones. • Monitorear e identificar tendencias de adopción y utilización, proporcionar recomendaciones basadas en las necesidades del negocio de los clientes. • Realizar revisiones periódicas de salud del cliente. • Identificar el riesgo de renovación y colaborar con los equipos internos para remediar y asegurar una renovación exitosa. • Servir como la voz del cliente y recopilar comentarios para impulsar la mejora continua en todas las áreas, incluyendo el producto. • Trabajar con el equipo de ventas para vender adecuadamente y posicionar a Success Services.

Requisitos:

• 2+ años de experiencia de éxito en el cliente en la organización de Saas. • Conocimiento general de la arquitectura en la nube, así como en el terreno de TI de la empresa • Conocimiento de las tecnologías web de la empresa • Cómodo y dispuesto a ser un colaborador práctico • Excelentes habilidades de comunicación, Toma de decisiones, gestión de procesos, planificación y análisis de la información • Capacidad para viajar hasta un 35%

Gestión de proyectos

• Capacidad para gestionar múltiples proyectos de clientes simultáneamente.

Solución de problemas

• Demuestra confianza y un amplio conocimiento de las prácticas emergentes de la industria al resolver problemas de negocios. • Identifica problemas críticos con facilidad. • Impulsa el pensamiento creativo más allá de los límites de las prácticas existentes en la industria y las mentalidades del cliente.

Comunicación

• Se comunica con los clientes internos y externos y con todos los niveles de gestión • Ofrece presentaciones informativas y bien organizadas • Entiende cómo comunicar la información difícil y delicada con tacto.

Interacción entre el equipo y el cliente

• Facilita la interacción eficaz del equipo • Se comunica eficazmente con los clientes para identificar las necesidades y evaluar soluciones técnicas alternativas con los clientes. • Busca continuamente oportunidades para aumentar la satisfacción del cliente y profundizar las relaciones con los clientes • Gestiona las expectativas de los clientes con eficacia.

Educación requerida:

• Licenciatura en Comercio, Informática, Tecnología de la Información o disciplina relacionada.

Para solicitar este puesto, envíe su curriculum vitae y carta de presentación a [correo electrónico & # 160; protegido]

Posición: Programador de Software Intermedio

Ciudad: Vancouver

Descripción del trabajo:

D3 es un proveedor líder de soluciones de gestión de incidentes corporativos y operaciones de seguridad física que brindan conciencia de la situación en tiempo real y visibilidad de toda la empresa para los departamentos de seguridad, seguridad, recursos humanos, legales, ética y cumplimiento en empresas globales. Los clientes D3 se benefician de su capacidad incomparable de reducir el riesgo, responder a las amenazas internas y externas, demostrar el cumplimiento y proteger continuamente a sus personas, propiedades y activos.

Más de 100 de las 500 Fortune dependen de la plataforma integrada de seguridad empresarial de D3 para agilizar y automatizar todo el flujo de trabajo de incidentes, contramedidas, investigaciones y concientización situacional para proporcionar métricas, tendencias y reportes en profundidad y para administrar el desempeño de sus departamentos globales y regionales, Dondequiera que se encuentren, desde un ordenador portátil, un escritorio o un dispositivo móvil. D3 es conocida por sus tecnologías punta y galardonada en la web, ventanas, escritorio, móviles (IOS, Android y Windows Mobile) y desarrollo de bases de datos.

Actualmente estamos buscando un Desarrollador de Software Intermedio para unirse a nuestro equipo en crecimiento.

Requisitos

• Licenciatura en Informática o Ingeniería • Muy motivado, proactivo, eficiente, confiable, organizado, detallista y apasionado por la tecnología. • 3+ años & # 8217; • C #, ASP. Net, HTML5 / Javascript / CSS, JQuery y API de Google. • Desarrollo móvil para IOS, Android y Windows Mobile. • Diseño de bases de datos, programación y ajuste de rendimiento en el servidor MS SQL 2008/2012/2017 • Servicio de análisis de MS y servicio de informes • Windows Server 2008/2012 e IIS 6/7/8 • Crystal Report 2010

D3 ofrece a los empleados un ambiente de trabajo muy positivo y de apoyo con excelentes salarios y beneficios. Lo más importante es ofrecer la emocionante y desafiante plataforma de desarrollo que cada desarrollador puede crecer y brillar.

Para solicitar este puesto, envíe su curriculum vitae y carta de presentación a [correo electrónico & # 160; protegido]

Posición: Senior Software Developer

City: Vancouver

Descripción del trabajo:

D3 is a leading provider of enterprise incident management and physical security operations solutions that deliver real-time situational awareness and enterprise-wide visibility for security, safety, human resources, legal, ethics and compliance departments at global companies. D3 customers benefit from their unmatched ability to reduce risk, respond to internal and external threats, demonstrate compliance and continuously protect their people, property and assets.

Over 100 of the Fortune 500 depend on D3’s integrated enterprise security platform to streamline and automate the entire incident, countermeasure, investigation and situational awareness workflow to provide in-depth metrics, trends, reports and to manage the performance of their global and regional departments, wherever they are located, from a laptop, desktop or mobile device. D3 is known for its cutting-edge and award-winning technologies in web, windows, desktop, mobile (IOS, Android, and Windows mobile), and database development.

We are currently looking for a qualified Senior Software Developer to join our growing team.

Requisitos

• University Degree in Computer Science or Engineering • Highly motivated, proactive, efficient, reliable, organized, detail-oriented, and passionate for technology. • 3+ years’ related Web, Windows, SQL, and Mobile software development experience • C#, ASP. Net, HTML5/Javascript/CSS, JQuery, and Google API. • Mobile development for IOS, Android, and Windows mobile. • Database designing, programming and performance tuning on MS SQL server 2008/2012/2017 • MS Analysis Service and reporting Service • Windows Server 2008/2012, and IIS 6/7/8 • Crystal Report 2010

D3 offers employees a very positive and supportive work environment with excellent salary and benefits. Most importantly we offer the exciting and challenging development platform that every developer can grow and shine.

To apply for this position, please send resume and cover letter to [email protected]

Position: Technical Business Analyst

City: Vancouver

Descripción del trabajo:

D3 Security Management Systems (“D3”) provides products to automate, streamline and increase the efficiency of security management. The D3 solution has been implemented at many Fortune 500 companies. We offer a very challenging and fast paced, but rewarding work environment. Since inception D3 has maintained over 95% employee retention rate.

Since its inception in 2002, D3 has been a leading innovator within web and smart device based applications, with our Integrated Incident Management, Situation Management, Guard Tour, Dispatch, and Case Management systems. We provide our clients with a smarter and simpler way to plan and prepare, manage incidents and evaluate situations, respond and take right actions, and further document and analyze. Through our high level of internal talent and our dedication to customer service, we have built a reputable name in a booming industry and are just getting started. We believe in hiring the best talent to help us continue our innovation and growth and reward our employees with competitive compensation.

As a company that is growing rapidly, we’re always looking for talent and plan on adding several more dedicated application support individuals to our team within the next few months.

If you have a passion for innovative technology and are looking for the chance to join an up-and-coming company at a critical point in our growth, then you’ll find a satisfying career at D3.

As our Business Analyst, you’ll experience high visibility and the chance to work with a dedicated team committed to providing the highest level of client service. If you’re looking to have a high level of interaction with existing clients while learning a cutting-edge application, then take this highly independent role and make an immediate impact on our business.

The Business Analyst is responsible for managing several new product development efforts of medium to high complexity. As a specialist in business applications, technology and data planning, the incumbent is required to deliver specified requirements within the constraints of scope, quality, time and cost. In addition to business analysis, project management activities are a key part of this role’s duties. The candidate will liaise with D3 customers to gather, validate and manage requirements with the goal of understanding business needs and translating them into a solution. This role is a key customer-facing position within the development team.

Required Responsibilities and Skills

• Elicit requirement using interviews, document analysis, requirements workshops, surveys, site visits, business process descriptions, use cases, scenarios, business analysis, task and workflow analysis /process mapping • Critically evaluate information gathered from multiple sources, reconcile conflicts, and decompose high-level information into details, abstract up from low-level information to a general understanding • Proactively communicate and collaborate with customers to analyze information needs and functional requirements and deliver the following artifacts as needed: functional requirements (business requirements document), use cases, screen and interface designs, data flow diagrams, workflow diagrams • Utilize your experience in using enterprise-wide requirements definition and management systems and methodologies required • Successfully engage in multiple initiatives simultaneously • Work independently with users to define concepts, as well as under direction of project managers • Collaborate with developers to establish the technical vision and analyze tradeoffs between usability, performance, and scope • Be the liaison between the business units / customers, technology teams and support teams through which requirements flow • Lead the verification and management of requirements throughout the project • Consult with business units to assist with the preparation of opportunity assessments and business cases that will help rationalize project ideas to the project prioritization and selection committee • Assist with the definition and continuous improvement of BA processes and interactions with other IT areas • Make recommendations to improve overall effectiveness and efficiency of the business • Direct and manage all phases of the project from inception to completion to ensure on-time • Assemble and coordinate project team members; assign individual responsibilities • Monitor and control all project activities, issues, changes requests and risks • Responsible for overall quality of deliverables • Plan and oversee the preparation and dissemination of all project communications including updates to the master project portfolio and project calendar • Communicate with project sponsors, senior management and functional area managers and/or consultants regarding status of specific projects through formal and informal verbal and written communication methods

Experience & Qualifications Required:

• Minimum 2 years project management and/or business analysis experience in an IT or financial service firm. • Strong analytical and problem-solving skills including a thorough understanding of how to interpret customer business needs and translate them into application and operational requirements

Education Required:

• Completion of a Bachelor’s degree in Management Information Systems, Business Administration or related field.

To apply for this position, please send resume and cover letter to [email protected]

Position: Experienced Web/Mobile Software Technical Support

City: Vancouver

Descripción del trabajo:

D3 Security Management Systems develops and supports the most advanced incident reporting, investigation case management, computer aided dispatch (CAD), post order and guard tour systems on the market.

D3 improves all aspects of security, governance, risk and compliance management by promoting the efficient and consistent gathering of critical data, applying best practices to manage investigations, advanced analytics to spot trends, and risk adjusted application of countermeasures to manage threats and incidents.

D3 has implemented its Incident Reporting and Case Management solutions for over 70 of Fortune 500 companies.

The Company is experiencing exponential growth and needs smart and motivated team players. We are currently looking for a qualified Technical Support Engineer to join our growing team.

The successful candidate must have a college degree in MIS, Business, Computer Science, Engineering or related discipline as well as at least 3 years of work experience as a Technical Support, System Engineer or similar position.

As a member of the Technical Support team you will be working with Fortune 500 companies to implement D3 software.

Proven business communication and interpersonal skills is a huge asset, as is strong deductive reason, problem solving, and organization abilities.

Responsibilities:

• Supporting complex Web, smart device and desktop application • Responding to incoming customer requests for technical support • Creating knowledge base articles and technical whitepapers, and sharing knowledge amongst customers and peers • Gathering information of production application/deployment/server/system/network issues and doing initial troubleshooting • Recommending known technical solutions for issues to customers, developing workarounds and solutions for bug resolution • Properly documenting actions taken on cases opened, worked on and processed • Escalating issues to senior level with adequate and organized information • Taking ownership of tasks and continuously follow up to ensure the highest level of customer service and satisfaction for all clients • Establishing good customer relationship, building up good company reputation, exploring business opportunities, and maintaining client retention • Configuring the D3 application based on client specs • Training client-side administrators and trainer on using the D3 app • Supervising the loading of D3 software and utilities onto production servers and smart devices • Recommending best solutions and practices to the client within the bounds of the D3 application • Improving and streamlining the deployment and rollout process for maximum scalability • Gathering client enhancement requests, conducting gap analysis, and generating initial specification • Working well with other D3 teams • Contributing to the ongoing improvement of internal systems and infrastructure

Required Skills:

• Business communication skills – significant client interaction will be involved, and client satisfaction is paramount to the position. • The ability to meet deadlines, attend to detail and remain organized in a high pressure environment. D3 deploys Get Things Done ( “GTD”) work methodology. • Computer skills • The successful candidate should be able to learn the D3 application quickly, and provide appropriate business solutions to the client within the D3 application. • The candidate should have a familiarity with databases and data structure, queries. Preferably working knowledge of MS SQL and Crystal Report. • Ability to think on your feet, assessing and planning troubleshooting strategies and solution while collecting information about a customer’s issue.

D3 offers employees a very positive and supportive work environment with excellent salary and benefits. Most importantly we offer the exciting and challenging career development platform that every employee can grow and shine.

To apply for this position, please send resume and cover letter to [email protected]

Position: Technical Support (Night Shift)

City: Vancouver

Descripción del trabajo:

D3 has implemented its Incident Reporting and Case Management solutions for over 70 of Fortune 500 companies.

The Company is experiencing exponential growth and needs smart and motivated team players. We are currently looking for a qualified Technical Support Engineer to join our growing team.

As a member of the Technical Support team you will be working with Fortune 500 companies to implement D3 software.

Proven business communication and interpersonal skills is a huge asset, as is strong deductive reason, problem solving, and organization abilities.

The successful candidate will be responsible for:

• Be the point of contact during Night Shift in supporting Web, smart device and desktop application • Handle phone-in and email support enquiries regarding D3 software • Provide simple troubleshooting and application configuration to end user customers • Gathering required information of application/deployment/server/system/network issues • Escalating issues to server support team as necessary • Establishing good customer relationship, building up good company reputation and maintaining client retention

The successful candidate will be required to possess the following skills:

• Business communication skills – significant client interaction will be involved, and client satisfaction is paramount to the position. • Computer skills – The successful candidate should be able to learn the D3 application quickly, and provide appropriate business solutions to the client within the D3 application. • Ability to think on your feet, assessing and planning troubleshooting strategies and solution while collecting information about a customer’s issue. • Fresh graduates are encouraged to apply

Job environment and schedule:

• Monday to Friday: 11:30 PM to 5:30 AM Saturday and Sunday: 12:00 AM to 5:00 AM • Work at home but travel to office occasionally • No out-of-area travel

To apply for this position, please send resume and cover letter to [email protected]

Position: QA Tester / QA Analyst for Web and Mobile Applications

City: Vancouver

Descripción del trabajo:

D3 has implemented its Incident Reporting and Case Management solutions for over 70 of Fortune 500 companies.

The Company is experiencing exponential growth and needs smart and motivated team players. We are currently looking for a qualified QA Tester / QA Analyst to join our growing team.

The successful candidates have ideally worked in a QA department for at least 3 years, with expert level experience using manual testing procedures and methodologies. You should be comfortable performing a variety of tasks – from product testing to functional spec review, documentation, server setup and system configuration, product release, and should be comfortable performing them independently. While not required, coding knowledge and experience are big bonus.

Key Responsibilities

• Participate in all aspects of testing D3’s web and mobile applications, including functional review, test planning, environment setup, test case creation, functional and regression testing, and bug creation and validation • Design, deploy and maintain testing environment (Windows Server and SQL server) for functional, performance and security testing • Troubleshoot and analyze issues during testing; • Produce internal documentation for QA as required. • Participate product release steps, including planning and arranging releases, writing help, participating internal training, and generating release documents • Work closely with Deployment team to ensure smooth production installation

Required Qualification and Skills

• Diploma or University Degree (Bachelor Degree in Computer Science preferred) • 3+ years testing on web and mobile applications • Comfortable working with Windows Server and SQL server • Browser based testing experience with IE, Chrome, Safari, and Firefox • Solid understanding of T-SQL, C#, HTML, Javascript and CSS. • Familiarity with general networking principles and domains • Strong troubleshooting abilities, disciplined and detailed oriented • Effective written and verbal communication skills

Desirable Experience:

• Experience with automated testing tools, Selenium or others. • 1+ year development experience in T-SQL/C#/HTML/Javasript - Experience performance/load testing in high throughput server environment • Experience working with virtual environment (Hyper-V/VMWare)

To apply for this position, please send resume and cover letter to [email protected]

Position: Cyber Security / Incident Response System Engineer

City: Vancouver

Descripción del trabajo:

D3 is looking for experienced pre-sales engineers and implementation engineers for our Cybersecurity Incident Reporting/Incident Response and our IT Forensic Case Management products. Successful candidates should be able to explain complex technical topics to an IT Security audience through RFPs, webinars, whitepapers and on-site meetings.

The position will involve the following responsibilities:

• Working with customers to define and document integration and configuration requirements • Working with engineering to develop and scope optimal integration approaches and designs • Installation and configuration or related software applications and network infrastructure components • Software development to implement the integration according to specification • Documenting the resulting integrations and configurations to ensure successful deployment and knowledge transfer

Qualifications:

Experience with security and related technologies, specifically:

• SIEM/Central loggers; IBM QRadar, HP Arcsight, Nitro, Splunk, etc. • IDS/IPS/Signature-based network monitoring • SQL Server, Oracle • IIS • Data Loss prevention systems • Firewalls • Forensics tools and workstations (i. e. EnCase) • Scripting, JSON, XML • SOC Analyst experience is a plus • Log Analysis experience is a plus • Experience with security monitoring and reporting tools and conducting security investigations of incidents and events

Certifications:

• EC-Council Certified Incident Handler, Certified Incident Handler (GCIH), CERT-Certified Computer Security Incident Handler (CSIH), CISSP or compatible.

Other:

• Bachelor’s Degree, plus 3 years of experience managing and implementing SIEM, A/V, Internet content filtering/reporting, malware prevention, firewalls, IDS & IPS, Web security, anti-spam technologies • High degree of skill and knowledge in managing incident response, intrusion prevention/detection systems, SIEM, A/V, firewalls, Web security, anti-spam technologies, and network security • Strong knowledge of advanced attack capabilities, characteristics; and of defining signatures for detecting malicious code • Strong knowledge of national security standards, business continuity, disaster recovery, auditing, risk management, vulnerability assessments, and regulatory compliance • Extensive technical knowledge of security industry practices and procedures • Experience in managing confidential and sensitive investigations; strong service-orientation and demonstrable integrity

To apply for this position, please send resume and cover letter to [email protected]

Position: Business Development Manager

City: Vancouver

Descripción del trabajo:

Our rapidly growing organization is seeking a Business Development Manager (Hunter role) who highly motivated, professional, ambitious, driven with strong work ethic to sell D3’s suite of software for the Physical and Cyber Security market. The compensation package offers a base salary, combined with commissions with no cap as well as generous accelerators for over achievement.

Responsibilities:

The BDM will be responsible for identifying new sales opportunities and drive the sales process from initial contact to signed contract and create a tailored sales approach for each prospective client through discovery and needs analysis. Develop new client relationships to build and manage a sustained pipeline of opportunities. Develop proposals; respond to RFP’s and conduct web based and face-to-face sales presentations for prospective customers. Tenaciously prospecting, including cold calls, effective use of sales tools, and partner networking.

What You’ll Do:

• Execute an approach to your sales territory with clear emphasis on strong pipeline building • Follow up on leads generated through marketing driven programs, prioritize and pursue additional targets in your territory. • Perform outbound lead generation (calls, e-mails, product demos, and webinars). • Keep an eye out for process improvement. How can you make the machine run better? • Demonstrate your ability well within a team including sales, pre-sales and professional services • Analyze the customer’s needs, provide product demos, present the best suited implementation program, and write proposals. • A highly customer-focused mindset and consultative sales approach • Must be able to learn quickly • A stellar work ethic and proven success as a self-starter! • Establish a tailored implementation package and negotiate its content with the customer. • Coordinate with the team of functional consultants who will deliver the implementation. • Follow up with customers to build a long term relationship with them.

Qualifications:

• Strong hunter profile with a proven track record of success in selling B2B Enterprise software • Demonstration of a consistent over-achievement of client acquisition and sales revenue targets. • Experience with vendor selection processes including RFI and RFP issuance and response management. • The candidate should possess the experience, confidence, intelligence and determination to sell to C level executives • Between 1 and 5 years experience in inside sales in the software sector. You have at least a Bachelor degree or equivalent by experience

To apply for this position, please send resume and cover letter to [email protected]

Position: Software UI & UX Designer

City: Vancouver

Descripción del trabajo:

D3 is looking for a talented, customer-obsessed B2B user experience designer to join our growing Product team. This UX designer will have a significant impact on our business as they lead and influence the design direction for D3’s suite of products. The ideal candidate combines strong user experience thinking with exceptional visual design talent and understands how to transform business requirements into remarkably intuitive products.

Key Accountabilities:

& # 8211; Participate in the planning process for new products and features – Develop and iterate on concepts for web, mobile, and tablet design experiences in a fast-paced team environment – Develop and contribute to wireframes, mockups, and interactive prototypes – Own the production of world-class designs and documents for presentation to engineers, product managers and senior executives – Refine your designs, considering live customer data and usability Alpha product tests – Assist in the development and evaluation of personas, user stories, and usability studies – Work with a top-notch engineering team to implement solutions based on your design

Basic Qualifications:

& # 8211; Bachelor’s degree in Design or related field, and commensurate experience – 3-5 years of experience as a user experience designer, interaction designer, visual designer, or similar role – Expertise with Adobe Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop; proficiency with other tools of the design trade, such as InDesign, Visio, Omnigraffle, Fireworks, Dreamweaver – Fluency in best practices for web-based information architecture and design, as well as strong knowledge of usability principles and techniques – Demonstrated experience with building user interfaces across a range of platforms including desktop, tablet and mobile – Experience working in a collaborative team and working directly with software development engineers for implementation of designs – An online portfolio or samples of work demonstrating experience creating great user-centered design solutions within B2B is a requirement for application – Ability to work well under pressure

Additional Qualifications:

& # 8211; Strong time management skills and the ability to be self-directed when needed. & # 8211; Ability to create interactive prototypes in HTML, JavaScript, AngularJS, Flash, server side scripting language or similar tools. & # 8211; Solid written and verbal communication skills with the ability to present a strong rationale for design decisions. & # 8211; Demonstrated history of acquiring user ideas (e. g. conducting usability studies, performing user research) is a big plus.

To apply for this position, please send resume and cover letter to [email protected]

Position: Pre Sales Systems Engineer

City: Vancouver

Descripción del trabajo:

The Role

The Pre Sales Systems Engineer (SE) is a customer-focused technical sales professional who provides high level pre sales support and guidance to customers and collaborates with Business Development Managers (BDM) and partners to recommend and develop appropriate customer solution offerings. The SE acts in a consultative fashion and is looked to as an expert in his/her field by the account team, channel partners and customers.

Responsibilities

• Provide pre-sales assistance for sales opportunities to customers and partners. Including configurations, trend reporting, business Vertical requirements of D3 products. Refine and research technical and Business requirements of the opportunity. • Partner with D3 BDM in account planning and building customer relationships. • Own the technical sales process and deliverables from opportunity identification, RFP through to closing. • Create and deliver customer-facing presentations covering products and solutions. • Define solution options and articulate the benefits of D3 products • Act as an interface between the Sales organization and technical staff to resolve outstanding issues • Provide reporting and feedback on customer accounts and field activities to Sales, Product Management and Engineering • Work closely with customers in the design and implementation/integration of D3 products • Understand the customer’s business drivers and how to map these to customer security requirements, including identification of requirements for specific industry issues.

Requisitos

• Bachelor Degree or Masters Degree in Computer Science or related discipline • 3 plus years pre-sales experience in the software industry; preferable security industry • Working knowledge of MS SQL. Net, Scripts and Report writer tools; Crystal, OLAP, SQL Query

Additional Qualifications

• Strong leadership skills with the ability to prioritize and execute in a methodical and disciplined manner. Set and manage expectations with senior stake-holders and team members • Excellent communication and presentation skills with the ability to present to a variety of external audiences, including being able to interact with senior executives • Exceptional written communication. This role requires an ability to understand and articulate both the business benefits (value proposition) and technical advantages of D3 products and solutions • Understand and be conversant about D3 competitors, their solutions, strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats

To apply for this position, please send resume and cover letter to [email protected]

D3 Security Management Systems Inc.

Suite 1000 1090 West Georgia Street Vancouver, British Columbia V6E 4V2 Canada

The intuitive mind is a sacred gift and the rational mind is a faithful servant. We have created a society that honors the servant and has forgotten the gift.

Intuition is an engine, some building bricks and a set of tools meant to let you efficiently and intuitively make your own automated quantitative trading system . It is designed to let developers, traders and scientists explore, improve and deploy market technical hacks.

While the project is still at an early stage, you can already write, use, combine signal detection algorithms, portfolio allocation strategies, data sources and contexts configurators . Just plug your strategies and analyze backtests or monitor live trading sessions .

In addition I work on facilities to build a distributed system and 21st century application (big data, fat computations, d3.js and other html5 stuff), tools to mix languages like Python, node. js and R and a financial library. You will find some goodies like machine learning forecast, markowitz portfolio optimization, genetic optimization, sentiment analysis from twitter.

Highly configurable trading environment, powered by zipline

From instant kickstart to full control

Made to let you tweak algorithms, portfolio manager, data sources, contexts and plugins

Plugin friendly. Enjoy mail reports, mobile notifications, redis messaging.

Already includes many

Experimental live trading on different markets (Nyse, Nasdaq, CAC40 and Forex for now)

Experimental R integration in your algorithms

Results analyser

Financial library, with common used trading functions, data fetchers. used for example to solve Coursera econometrics assignments

Modular design. reuse intuition blocks to build your own financial application

Easy to use data management, powered by rethinkdb

Docker support for development workflow and deployment

Kind of a CI showcase as I am testing travis. wercker. shippable. drone. io. coveralls and landscape

Learn more and find the (in progress) documentation at http://doc. intuition. io .

You can follow the development on this trello board and chat about the project on Gitter .

A webapp built on top of Intuition is also in development, get your early ticket at http://intuition. io !

Incident Management | Security Ops | Investigations | Cybersecurity

The release of our Apple iOS app with D3 Incident Reporting, Dispatch, Guard Tour and Post Orders follows months of development and testing, in which the vast potential of the Apple iOS operating system was fully leveraged by D3 development teams to transform the user-friendly iPhone, iPad and iPod Nano into the most configurable enterprise-grade mobile security management device on the planet: D3 Mobile.

D3 Mobile can be ordered pre-loaded with the D3 application or customers with compatible iOS devices can easily download the application from Apple iTunes, provided they have an access "key" supplied by D3 Security. Each application includes these fully-integrated D3 software modules:

Below, I provide an overview of what these modules can do for its user.

Incident Reporting

D3's industry-leading incident management software allows the customer to define all fields and workflows entirely to their specification. This feature is extended to D3 Mobile, allowing its users to report an incident using customer-defined forms. The scrolling fields take advantage of the intuitive Apple iOS operating system, and incident reports are made quickly and easily, which is critical when making a report from the field.

D3 Mobile also utilizes the iPhone's camera and GPS in several ways. Users can take photos of an incident scene, such as a slip-and-fall or vandalism, and upload an unlimited number of photos directly to the incident report. Using the built-in GPS, D3 Mobile can automatically associate a longitude and latitude with an incident report, or if the report is made away from the incident scene, the user can drop a pin on the approximate location.

With these key features and more, D3 Mobile is an easy-to-use instrument that consistently creates the highest quality incident data possible, from anywhere.

Guard Tour

Security tour management is the central component of any physical security operation, and D3 Mobile offers features that optimize operations for both officers and management. For officers, D3 Mobile has an easy-to-read, logic-based tour scheduling feature. Officers can see on one screen their entire tour, including checkpoint locations and completion notification, start and end times, and the ability to log a "self-initiated" tour (which can also be turned off, if desired by the customer).

At each checkpoint, officers can be asked to perform an additional task. For example, once reaching a checkpoint, an officer can be asked to check the status of a fire extinguisher, take a valve pressure reading, or record the temperature of cold-storage unit.

For managers, comprehensive performance and accountability statistics are produced, giving insight such as checkpoint completion percentage, and much more detailed statistics involving incident reporting, officer reponse-to-dispatch times, or officer time spent in certain areas of the tour.

Dispatch

Dispatchers using D3 Dispatch can send detailed dispatches to officers using D3 Mobile. Officers can accept the dispatch, and it will automatically update their guard tour statistics and route, plus the dispatcher can safely watch the officer as his or her route is tracked via D3 Mobile's GPS. When used in concert with D3 PSIM, dispatchers can send a detailed dispatch complete with video footage, access control information or other systems-generated data instantly to the officer, creating a more informed and effective response.

Post Orders

Sometimes called 'Procedures', D3 Post Orders is an electronic repository of floor plans, emergency procedures, evacuation routes, banned persons and any other documents deemed important by the customer. The repository is easily updated, allowing alerts, suspicious persons, license plates or weather information to be quickly uploaded and sent to every D3 Mobile-equipped officer.

Initially demonstrated at the annual ASIS International trade show, D3 Mobile instantly cast obsolescence on competitive products, including other smart-phone based offerings. Well-supported, economical and technically advanced, D3 Mobile is a total solution for any company requiring best-of-breed mobile incident reporting and security tour management.

Learn how to use Stator

There's no doubting, Stator is powerful software with many features and to help with the learning curve, we've put together some tutorials for you to review. Be sure to keep visiting this page for new tutorials as we post them onto the site.

You can browse by topic on the left or view the most recent tutorials listed below. To view each tutorial please click on the tutorial link which will open the tutorial as an individual page.

A total of 25 tutorials have been published

Recent Tutorials

Plotting Stock Correlations in Stator and D3.js

Last Updated June 27th, 2017

In this tutorial I’ll create a visualisation of stock price correlations in Stator using the D3.js visualisation library. This visual study will be highly interactive allowing the user to see correlations at any point in time along with the ability to view the entire correlation path from the start to the end of the time period analysed. Seguir leyendo & rarr;

D3.js Mouse Events

Last Updated June 20th, 2017

D3.js is fast becoming the default standard in data visualisation libraries. In this short tutorial I’ll discuss mouse events and how you subscribe and use these events in D3. This is not a complicated tutorial so review the text and use the code provided to expand your own D3.js visualisations. Seguir leyendo & rarr;

The Hierarchy Layouts of the D3.js Visualisation Library

Last Updated June 19th, 2017

In this article I’ll introduce you to the various hierarchy layouts available in the D3.js visualisation library. I am making the assumption that you (the reader) are aware of the D3.js visualisation library and how it integrates with Stator Visual Studies functionality. Seguir leyendo & rarr;

Creating an Estate Asset Treemap Using Stator and D3.js

Last Updated June 19th, 2017

In this article I will create an Estate summary treemap visualisation using Stator and the D3 JavaScript library. It’s an easy visualisation which provides an ideal overview of assets held in an Estate. A treemap is a visualisation that recursively subdivides area into rectangles of proportionate size. Originally developed in the early 1990’s by Ben Shneiderman to visualise the contents of hard drive directories (

80MB HD) it is widely used today for its ability to represent proportionality in a finite space. Seguir leyendo & rarr;

Colouring Circles by Legend, a D3.js Reusable Approach

Last Updated June 11th, 2017

In this article I’ll explain how to write reusable D3.js code to colour circles according to a colour legend. Seguir leyendo & rarr;

D3 Group - Designers, Builders, Project managers

Exhibition Designers, Builders, Project Managers

Exhibitions, Trade Shows, Retail Fitouts, Point of Sale, Travelling Displays, Custom, Octanorm. 3D Design, Visualisation. Estimation, Project Management, Joinery, Fabrication, Digital Printing, Graphic Production, Logistics, Safety Analysis, Audiovisual, Multimedia Equipment, Portable Displays, Pop Up Displays, Furniture Hire, Equipment Hire, Specialist lighting, Electrics, National, Transport.

DESIGNERS

Our in-house designers draw upon multi-disciplined backgrounds to produce creative and award winning projects. Innovative yet achievable solutions are part of our company's core strengths. Our ability to conceptualise a brief into tangible three dimensional environments is highly regarded and our clientele value access to design integration throughout project stages.

BUILDERS

A combination of experience and modern joinery manufacturing enables us to produce custom or system based projects of various size and complexity. Material and finish applications alongside lighting, audiovisual and graphic production are thoroughly considered to produce effective delivery of brand experience and printed or interactive information.

PROJECT MANAGERS

Your project is carefully handled by a dedicated senior account manager to be on-budget and installed anywhere in Australia or internationally. A systematic and accountable approach to time, resources and logistics eliminates surprises and our provision of safe work practices is paramount to any build location.

DESIGNERS

Our in-house designers draw upon multi-disciplined backgrounds to produce creative and award winning projects. Innovative yet achievable solutions are part of our company? s core strengths. Our ability to conceptualise a brief into tangible three dimensional environments is highly regarded and our clientele value access to design integration throughout project stages.

BUILDERS

PROJECT MANAGERS

Air Force Open Days, 2017

Fondo

The Royal Netherlands Air Force held their Open Days on 20 and 21 June at air base Gilze-Rijen. This annual events aims to show the public their work and build enthusiasm for life as a pilot, ground supporter, engineer, gunner, medic, ITer or other professions in the Air Force that help serve the country. A wide range of aircrafts, planes, jets and helicopters took the stage in spectacular airshows, including F-16 fighters, Spitfires, Migs, Chinooks, the British Red Arrows, and an MD11.

This year the RNAF wanted a fresh approach to its Open Days, with a focus on “Experiencing the Air Force”, particularly in Operation Air Support (Operatie Luchtsteun). The RNAF brought agency Fjuze on board to help create this experience for its visitors. Fjuze came up with a tunnel idea: upon entering the Gilze-Rijen Air Base, visitors are led through an experience tunnel, where projection and sound gives them a taste of being part of the Royal Netherlands Air Force.

Although the venue was calculated for 200.000 visitors, an estimated 245.000 turned up due to its popularity. Many thousands of other Air Force enthusiasts followed the event through a live stream.

d3 Solution

Gilze-Rijen Air Base opened its gates at both ends of the airstrip, so two similar tunnels needed to be made. Flowing through from either entry, the visitors would walk through either 100 meter tunnel, with two 70 meter projection screens on either side immersing them. Each tunnel required 24 projectors (12 on each wall), making it a 48 projector project in total.

Due to tight scheduling, the build of the tunnels allowed no room for error. The projectors were placed outside the tunnel, projecting through holes in the structure. Specially printed fabric depicting the inside of an aircraft was mounted on the structure, again with projection holes cut into the fabric.

On top of this, the projectors had their own construction, placed in holes in the tent floor to avoid noticeable vibrations from crowds of visitors. With such a construction, absolute precision work was required to make the installation work.

This is where the new projection feature in d3, Footprints, was incredibly useful. Not only did it allow for the team of The Unit to see the design in 3D well in advance, but also to see how the projectors would perform. Footprints shows projector coverage, light fall off, shadows and pixel stretch in the d3 stage visualiser.

Dave van Roon, one of The Unit’s key d3 Operators, says: “Using the new d3 4×2pro and the new Footprints feature really give you a taste of the capabilities and power the system has – it’s the next wave of d3.” Using the Footprints feature showed that early designs of the tunnel were too steep: the projectors were at such an angle that pixels would stretch, next tothis, focus couldn’t be guaranteed over the whole projection surface. As a result, the design was altered to find the optimal compromise between the design concept from Fjuze and technical realizability.

The coordinates of the projectors in the d3 project were exported and send to Faber Audiovisuals, who managed to position the projectors in real life to millimeter accuracy. Aided in their technical realisation by The Unit Showcontrol, both d3 4×2pro and d3 4U v2.5 servers were used for an effective and powerful control system. Faber designed a structure to match the angle of the projectors as well, which meant that after a complete system startup, only minor adjustments to the manual calibration in d3 were required to get a correct setup.

Jeffrey Goes, Managing Director of The Unit Showcontrol, says: “When we heard about the pro range we were very impressed with its features. d3 Technologies’ focus on innovation and future technology corresponds with our own ambitions: our aim is to continuously expand our creativity without adding technical hassle. And as the first in Europe to have and use the new d3 pro range, we can say we’re very excited about the way things are going – it’s a privilege to be part of the d3 family.”

Producción

Trap Shooters Forum

We have added the ability for anyone to 'bump' threads that they have created. This is mainly useful in the classifieds area where posters constantly bump for sale threads to bring it to the top. This allows them the ability to do that without having to clutter the thread with extra 'TTT' and 'Bump' type posts. To bump it, go inside your thread and click on 'Thread Tools' at the top, then select 'bump'. You can bump only once per 24 hour period.

For more detailed information please see this post: Thread Bump Functionality .

Attention: We have put together a thread with tips and a tutorial video to help with using the new software. Please take a moment to check out the thread here: Trapshooters. com Tutorial & Help Video .

J&R D3 Powe Checkering Tool for Sale

Tagged with #Gaming

“Heavily laden, the ships rested low in the water, waiting…but for what? No one seems to know.” Can the city’s heroes solve this mystery before it’s too late?”

With “Tangent: Trade Wars” your players are the saviors, or the harbingers of destruction, to this coastal trading port. It’s all in the roll of the dice. The D3 Tangent System works for any tabletop role-playing game, and all levels of adventurers. For $1.99, the newest D3 Adventure can be YOURS, taking you and your players above and beyond. Are you game enough?

Available NOW at DriveThruRPG. com. and may the dice be ever in your favor!

Compartir este:

Like this:

Seeing as I often play a Druid myself in so many games, I can’t wait to get my hands on this Campaign Toybox so I can take my Druid to the next level! “Nature vs Nurture” by D3 Adventures, makes new spells and archtypes available for your characters. Druids have always been a versatile class for an adventuring party, with their powerful nature spells and their shape-shifting abilities. This supplement introduces players and Gamemasters to new options for creating a more group-focused Druid.

So show your adventuring party what your Druid can really do, and purchase your copy of Nature and Nurture for 99 cents today at DriveThruRPG. com !

Keep the game rolling, and may the dice be ever in your favor!

Compartir este:

Like this:

Escape from the Lazurite Mines . “Bandits have plagued Goryn for too long. Baron Kridlare has had enough! But when his own soldiers fight a much fiercer and more organized group of bandits than expected, they need help. The party arrives and heads to the heart of the problem, the village of Dustra. Can they stop the raids and find the leader of these bandits?”

Utilizing the new Universal Pool System by D3 Adventures, your gaming group will embark on a novel adventure. This includes five heroes with complete character sheets and quick start rules for the system. It’s time to grab your dice and seek glory in an easy to learn and fun to play game system!

For $4.99, find your next epic gaming experience at DriveThruRPG. com. and may the dice be ever in your Favor! Be sure to also download the FREE quickstart guide for the Universal Pool System .

Compartir este:

Like this:

Pit Fighting in the Kingdom of Tursh “For the rare few who live in the pits and arenas long enough, they develop skills and abilities that exemplify the art of their profession. For whatever reason, these individuals have survived, evolved and chosen to remain in one of the most deadly professions imaginable.”

With this multi system fighter template, bring your fighter into your game with a bang. You’ll love this whether your character is a criminal fighting for freedom, a champion fighting instead of their employer, or a brawler fighting in taverns and local faires for a few coins. For $0.99 you can set your fighter to the max for your next adventure. Are you game enough? Find it today at DriveThruRPG. com. and may the dice be ever in your favor!

Compartir este:

Like this:

Bard: a poet, traditionally one reciting epics and associated with a particular oral tradition…that’s the traditional definition, however we as players know this is not ALWAYS what they do. We play them as sorcerers of music, charismatic beings able to charm the pants off, well, anything, if the dice roll right, LOL!

With the Campaign Toybox “Premier Performance” for Pathfinder we introduce the “Maestro Prestige” class, with the ability to take your bard from back-up singer to full rock star. With new spells, and even an archetype, the folks at the tavern will never know what hit them! So buy it up for $.99, and check it out at DriveThruRPG. com today. Keep the game rolling, and may the dice be ever in your favor!

Compartir este:

Like this:

Mensaje de navegación

Get Notified First!

Buy It Now!

Categorías

%d bloggers like this:

Empower Your Data, Visualise Your Success

Generation 10’s d3 analytics empower you to better understand the vast amount of data and activities that occur in your business every day. These interactive, visual tools help you identify trends, increase operational transparency, set benchmarks and achieve goals. d3’s intuitive, visual user interface allows you to locate, understand and act on information much more efficiently, making your company more agile and able to capitalise on opportunities whenever they arise.

The Big Picture

Intuitive visuals help you monitor the Key Performance Indicators that are most important to your business.

Cause and Effect

Insightful, interactive analysis of the details that make up the bigger picture.

Bridge the Gap

Bring together data from all of your disparate systems, regardless of their platform.

Commodity Trading Firms

Customers that use G10 Commodity Manager also benefit from d3 analytics, which give them a more accurate understanding of their positions, exposures, logistics and compliance.

USDA Quality Assurance Program

The US Department of Agriculture utilizes d3 analytics to get real-time insights into its quality assurance program, which monitors quality standards and policies for U. S. cotton testing.

ICAC World Cotton Database

Camera Test: Nikon D3

It was bold to call the Nikon D3 "the Greatest Nikon Ever" on our January 2008 cover -- especially before testing a production model of this $5,000 (street, body only) 12.1MP pro DSLR in the Pop Photo Lab. Now our audacity is justified: The D3 sprinted through our image quality, noise, dynamic range, burst capacity, and AF-speed performance tests. Here are five tested reasons the D3 deserves the title we bestowed.

INCREDIBLE IMAGE QUALITY

By loading a full-frame 12.1MP sensor into the D3, Nikon bowed out of the megapixel race. For most pro assignments, the detail it captures is more than what's needed -- enough to make high-quality enlargements of up to 14x21 inches (at 200 ppi).

At ISO 200, its 2320 lines of tested resolution for JPEGs (an Excellent rating) are nearly identical to Nikon's 12.3MP D300 ($1,800, street, body only), tested in our February 2008 issue. That's no surprise, since both cameras use the same focusing system and EXPEED image-processing engine (and we tested both with the same Nikkor 50mm f/1.4 lens). They also capture similar resolution in RAW files.

But when shooting JPEGs at the Low Noise Reduction setting, the D3's image resolution drops only slightly to 2210 lines at ISO 6400 -- about 5 percent sharper than the D300 at ISO 3200 and above. Even at the extended ISO of 25,600, JPEGs from the D3 still earn an Excellent resolution rating with 2020 lines, although artifacts of noise reduction, such as lower contrast in shadow areas, are painfully obvious.

In both JPEG and RAW files, color accuracy maintains an Excellent rating from ISO 200 to 6400 (7.28 to 7.02 average Delta E), and contrast ranges from slightly high to slightly low, depending on ISO.

Using noise control at high ISOs, the D3 earns an Excellent image quality rating from ISO 200 to ISO 3200. Like the D300, which also garnered an Excellent rating up to ISO 3200, images at ISO 6400 fell just short of Excellent due to obvious noise in shadows (though less than with the D300).

Even at ISO 200, the added light-gathering capability of the larger pixels on the D3's full-frame sensor beats the D300. Shooting RAW takes advantage of its lower noise and 14-bits-per-color capture. And it gives you much more flexibility, especially when using the supplied Capture NX 1.3 software to convert NEF RAW to 16-bit TIFF files.[Nikon originally stated that Capture NX would be included in the software bundle. That was updated after we went to press. A trial version is included, and the full version of Capture NX is available for $129 street price.]

Capture NX's exposure and noise reduction controls let you strike a balance between resolution and noise, depending on your needs. For example, at ISO 6400 you can crank up noise reduction to High (100 setting) to minimize noise (Moderately Low rating), while softening detail by 10 to 20 percent. At this setting, images with lots of skin tones, highlight areas, and midtone shades look as though they were shot at ISO 800 or 1600 on many other DSLRs.

Or you can maximize detail by turning noise reduction down. This makes shadow noise more obvious at ISO 3200 and above, while overall noise creeps up to Moderate, but fine details are maintained. Even at ISO 25,600, where noise is Unacceptable, color images converted to black-and-white will pass muster for newspaper use. For this reason alone we expect to see the D3 being used without flash by photojournalists in a variety of shooting conditions -- even dimly lit sports events.

The metering system and automatic scene recognition help select accurate exposures in tough lighting. And pros will appreciate its ability to bracket up to 9 exposures (in 1/3-stop increments) and to bracket white balance -- while shooting at high burst rates of up to 9 frames per second (in full-frame mode) or 11 fps (in 5.1MP DX cropped mode).

Yes, we've seen this advanced 51-zone autofocus system with 15 highly sensitive cross-type sensors before -- on the Nikon D300, our 2007 Camera of the Year. Indeed, the D3's full-frame capture makes the active area of these sensors a smaller percentage of the overall scene, giving the D300 a slight advantage in tracking.

The D3 uses the same Multi-CAM 3500FX module for AF as the D300 and performs at nearly identical speeds at all light levels. It focuses super-fast in bright light and takes less than 1 second to focus in extremely low light at EV -2 (think several feet away from a 5-year-old's birthday cake). In field tests, it also showed prowess in locking onto skin tones and tracking a subject by color.

MAJOR LEAGUE FEATURES

In live view, the AF comes in two flavors: Phase Detection, which uses all 51 AF zones, and Contrast Detection, which lets you place a focus zone on any part of the image (not just the central portion covered by the 51 AF zones). Both work at similar speeds and capabilities to the D300, with a momentary blackout in Phase Detection and a slightly slower AF operation in Contrast Detection.

Live view isn't great for shooting action sequences -- better to use the viewfinder and 9-fps burst mode (up to 130 images in Fine JPEG mode, and up to 18 RAW images, according to our tests). During bursts, mirror blackout is incredibly short and hardly interferes with tracking.

Shooting in low light, foggy scenes, or buildings with odd angles and corners can often throw off your sense of balance, messing up your horizon line. The D3's virtual horizon indicator helps solve this problem, if you take the time to use it. In live view, it looks like an aircraft horizon indicator, making it a cinch to level the camera. But you can also get the system to work through the viewfinder by setting the function button to override the exposure scale. It's a less-sophisticated approach but it's useful.

Most exposure, metering, and creative controls can be set quickly from the D3's well-positioned buttons and dials. Located where expected, these are rarely activated by accident. Menu pages give you quick access to everything from variable exposure-compensation steps (up to 5 EV in 1/3-, 1/2-, 2/3-, or 1-EV steps) to AF-zone focusing groups. Fine-tuning adjustments are also available for white balance presets and Picture Control settings, as well as the size of the centerweighted metering pattern.

Three levels of Active D-Lighting can be used to expand dynamic range in JPEG images, and a multiple exposure control lets you capture up to 10 overlapped images on a single frame with the correct resulting exposure. There's even an interval timer that you can set to start and stop at specific times.

The D3 supports i-TTL metering with Nikon's external Speedlights such as the SB-600 and SB-800, as well as other lights in its Creative Lighting System. But to control multiple flash units wirelessly, you'll need to attach either an SB-800 Speedlight (set to Commander mode) or the longer-range Nikon SU-800 Wireless Speedlight Commander ($250, street).

HARD BODY, GREAT VIEW

A DSLR that costs five grand had better withstand abuse. While we didn't test the D3 under gunfire or in a hurricane, we're impressed with its magnesium-alloy chassis and extensive water - and dust-resistant seals. The camera sports a beefed-up Plexiglas shield over the 3-inch LCD, vertical shutter release and controls, dual CF card slots, and thick rubber covers over every port. The Kevlar/carbon-fiber shutter has a mighty 300,000-exposure rating and self-diagnostic tool. The trade-off for all this: weight, over 3 pounds without a lens.

Our lab tests confirmed our initial reaction to the D3's impressive fixed eye-level pentaprism viewfinder. Bright and clear, it provides a field of view that covers 100 percent of the captured scene, earning an Excellent rating. Data is easy to read, with no visible vignetting or light falloff across the image area, thanks to the finder's great eye relief and locking diopter adjustment dial. Its 0.72X magnification earns an acceptable rating. Although this may seem low compared with the Nikon D300's 0.95X (Excellent) magnification, since the D3 uses a full-frame sensor, there's no 35mm lens factor to boost it. So the D3's viewfinder magnification is closer to what you'd find in other full-frame DSLRs such as the Canon EOS 5D or EOS-1Ds Mark III.

Is this a perfect camera? No, but it is the best that Nikon has made to date. The D3 could use some type of built-in flash (even a tiny circular light) to control external Speedlights. A swiveling LCD would add protection to that gorgeous 3-inch LCD and allow for off-angle live view composition (as on the

Imaging: 12.1MP effective, full-frame CMOS sensor captures images at 4256x2832 pixels with 12 or 14 bits/color in RAW mode.

Storage: Dual slots for CompactFlash Type I/II including UDMA; microdrives. Stores JPEG, NEF RAW, RAW + JPEG, and TIFF files.

Burst rate: Full-sized JPEGs (Fine mode): Up to 130 shots at 9 fps. RAW: Up to 18 shots at 9 fps (12 bit). DX format (5.15MP) JPEGs: Up to 130 shots at 11 fps.

AF system: TTL phase detection with 51 illuminated focus points (15 cross-type). Single-shot and continuous AF with 3D focus tracking. Tested sensitivity down to EV -2 (at ISO 100, f/1.4).

Live view: TTL Phase detection and Contrast Detection modes.

Shutter speeds: 1/8000 to 30 sec plus B (1/3-, 1/2-, or 1-EV increments). 300,000-cycle rating.

Metering: TTL metering using 1005-pixel RGB sensor, 3D Color Matrix II, centerweighted, and spotmetering (approx. 1.5% of viewfinder). EV 0-20 (at ISO 100).

ISO range: Normal, ISO 200-6400; expanded, ISO 100, 12,800, 25,600 (in 1/3-EV increments).

Flash: Dedicated Nikon hot-shoe with i-TTL flash using Nikon SB-800, SB-600, and SB-400 Speedlights. Flash sync to 1/250 sec. Supports wireless control of SB-600 or SB-800 units when using SB-800 as Commander.

Viewfinder: Fixed eye-level pentaprism.

LCD: 3-in. TFT with 307,00-pixel resolution, 170-degree viewing angle.

Output: Hi-Speed USB 2.0, HDMI video, 9-pin GPS, and 10-pin remote control.

Battery: Rechargeable EN-EL4a Li-ion, CIPA rating, 4,300 shots.

Size/weight: 6.3x6.2x3.4 in. 3.1 lb with a card and battery.

Street price: $5,000, body only.

Accuracy: 100% (Excellent) Magnification: 0.72X (Acceptable)

D3 – New Project

So what happens when cutting edge technology shakes hands with Arabic architectural sensibilities? The answer is what you see at Dubai Design District (d3).

Smart Box Industries LLC manufactured the shell and core components for the project, comprising individual clusters of 4 – 6 containers each. A total of 76 containers (combinations of 20 and 40 feet containers) along with necessary platforms, staircases and ancillaries make up the structure.

The design highlight? Three wind towers made of 40 ft high cube containers adequately strengthened and installed vertically on one end at site.

And what purpose do they serve? The clusters will house d3 office, galleries, workshops, store, cafe, multi-purpose spaces, rental spaces, prayer room and restaurants among other things. Smart Box was selected as the specialist vendor by AMBB, who are the main contractors for the entire project of TECOM Investments.

D3 is a revolutionary concept that celebrates innovation and creativity, forging an active design community to meet contemporary business needs. On the one hand, state of the art global fashion houses will set up headquarters, and the locality will be the hub of design and social activity. On the other, we have local inspiration interacting with international influences in a global market.

Studios, ateliers and workshops…designers and artists living steps away from their workshops and ateliers. Art studios, galleries, museums and pop-up stores that inspire the imagination…galleries and pop up shops that will help artisans sell to the public…D3 has it all!

Affordable Digital Audio: Audioengine D3

NEW YORK (TheStreet ) -- We've told you about two stand-alone. super-affordable DACs (Digital-to-analog Audio Converters) from the company with an attention-grabbing name. And about the newly upgraded version of Audioquest's DragonFly .

External DACs are designed take the place of cheap integrated circuits inside your computer which translate digital audio files into an analog form that you can actually listen to.

There is another plug-in USB DAC you'll want to consider: the brand-new Audioengine D3. The company has made its name by offering incredible value with every product it offers. The self-powered A5+ speakers ($399 to $469) are terrific. The new smaller A2+s (starting at $249) set the standard for desktop speaker systems at any price.

Audioengine's newest converter, the D3, is the third such device designed by the company and the first to plug directly into a computer's USB port. Although it is somewhat similar in size and shape to the DragonFly, it's very different in a number of ways.

First, it's made from aluminum not plastic. It's small, but solid. There are few frills past the cute little carrying case and an adapter for headphones (with big plugs) which come in the box. There are no multi-colored lighting schemes, just an LED to show that the D3 is on and another to show you when you're listening to a higher resolution (24/88 or 24/96) digital music file. Those files are much better sounding than the usual Amazon (AMZN ) or Apple (AAPL ) iTunes download.

The D3 plugs into any free USB port on a PC or Mac. The computer automatically recognizes, installs and configures it. Plug in a set of good headphones (it's also a headphone amplifier) and you're all set.

What does set the D3 apart from the competition is the sound. After a sufficient break-in period (as with most sound gear) I found the Audioengine to sound terrific, especially when it comes to reproducing those low, bass notes which are the anchoring foundation of recorded music. Not overblown. In short: tiny device but big, accurate bass.

The D3 is available through the Audioengine Web site and retails for $189. Add a pair of Audioengine's speakers and a computer source and you'll have yourself one heck of a great sounding, 21st century music system.

-- Written by Gary Krakow in New York.

To submit a news tip, send an email to tips@thestreet. com.

Memorandum D3-4-2

(a) Include carrier requirements for hiring a Secondary carrier under exclusive contract.

(b) Update the cargo time frames for submitting data to the CBSA.

This memorandum outlines and explains specific Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) requirements and procedures for reporting and control of cargo arriving in Canada in the services of highway carriers.

This memorandum does not outline the policies and procedures for the reporting of goods under the Customs Self-Assessment (CSA) Program; consolidated cargo reporting requirements and process for freight forwarders; goods whether commercial or personal transported by an individual who does not meet the criteria for designation as a carrier or goods being exported from Canada, or Other Government Departments (OGD) requirements pertaining to the commercial importation/in-transit movements of regulated goods; Memorandum D3-1-1, Policy Respecting the Importation and Transportation of Goods . should be referred to for the general CBSA requirements and administrative policies that apply to all modes of transport. For guidance in regards to the CSA Program guidelines and procedures, please refer to Memorandum D3-1-7, Customs Self Assessment Program for Carriers . For information about the reporting and transportation of goods being exported from Canada refer to Memorandum D3-1-8, Cargo вЂ“ Export Movements . For information on the release of commercial goods, please refer to Memorandum D17-1-4, Release of Commercial Goods . OGD requirements can be found throughout the D Memoranda series .

Guidelines and General Information

Definiciones

1. The following definitions apply to this memorandum:

ACI Advance Commercial Information AMPS Administrative Monetary Penalty System Ancillary equipment Any equipment which enhances the safety, security, containment and preservation of goods carried in vehicles falling within the terms of tariff item 9801.10.10. Ancillary equipment can be imported pursuant to tariff item 9801.10.20 without documentation in accordance with the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations . when it is used in international service. A dolly or device used to link trailers would be considered ancillary equipment. Cargo A term used to describe a collection of goods. It consists of a grouping of related goods. The cargo is detailed on the waybill, the manifest and/or a Cargo Control Document. Cargo Control Document (CCD) A manifest or other control document that acts as the record of a shipment entering or exiting Canada e. g. A8A. Cargo Control Number (CCN) The Cargo Control Number is a number assigned to a transport document. It uniquely identifies cargo detailed on a cargo submission. The Cargo Control Number consists of the Carrier code followed by a unique reference number assigned by the Carrier/Representative and cannot contain spaces. First 4 characters = CBSA-assigned carrier code Cargo transmission Information used to describe the cargo entering Canada. Carrier For the purpose of assessing carrier code eligibility, the CBSA defines a carrier as the entity operating a conveyance transporting specified goods to Canada. To operate a conveyance means to have legal custody and control of the conveyance as:

(a) an owner,

(b) a lessee under a lease or agreement of hire,

(d) as a purchaser under a conditional sale or hire purchase agreement that reserves to the vendor the title to the conveyance until the purchase price is paid or certain conditions are performed, or

(e) a mortgagor.

Carrier code As stated in the Customs Act means the unique identification number issued by the Minister either under subsection 12.1(4) or before the coming into force of that subsection. Client Anyone who:

(a) Sends to the CBSA a collection of information; o

(b) Receives notices from the CBSA.

Commercial goods Goods that are or will be imported for sale or for any commercial, industrial, occupational, institutional or other similar use. Consignee The definition of consignee is to be understood as follow given the applicable context:

(a) The consignee definition to be used by carriers when transmitting electronic ACI/eManifest data: the name and address of the party to which the cargo/goods are being shipped to as shown on carrier’s contract of carriage (For example: bill of lading, air waybill or other shipping document).

(b) The consignee definition used with respect to freight forwarders who are providing the CBSA with detailed information pertaining to a consolidated shipment is the name and address of the party to which the cargo/goods are being “shipped to” as shown on carrier’s contract of carriage (For example: bill of lading, air waybill, or other shipping document).

(c) The consignee definition used with respect to freight forwarders who are providing the CBSA with detailed information pertaining to a deconsolidated shipment will be the name and address of the party to which the goods are being “shipped to” as shown on the commercial sales contract (For example: commercial invoice, bill of sale, or other sales contract).

Note: The freight forwarder is limited to the information they have on hand at the time of the transmission. The consignee may change more than one time throughout a voyage to Canada. The freight forwarder will provide updates to the transmission as they receive updated information.

Example: For business or legal reasons goods are consigned to a bank (foreign or Canadian domestic) or “to order” of a bank. In this case, the consignee field of the house bill transmitted by the FF will reflect the party to whom the goods are legally consigned at the time of transmission (the bank). If the goods are sold while en route, and/or if the bank chooses to endorse the goods to a third party (as per the “to order”) or if the consignee information otherwise changes; the FF will submit an electronic update to the house bill data as soon as they become aware of the change, updating the consignee field.

Consolidation A number of separate shipments grouped together by a consolidator or freight forwarder and shipped to an agent or a freight forwarder as one shipment under one bill of lading and reported to Customs on one cargo control document. Conveyance Taken from the Customs Act ss.2(1). Any vehicle, aircraft or water-borne craft or any other contrivance that is used to move persons or goods. Conveyance operating carrier The carrier company operating the conveyance transporting goods to Canada. This is true whether the carrier company owns the conveyance outright, leases the conveyance, or whether any type of security interest is registered on the conveyance. Conveyance Reference Number (CRN) A unique reference number given by the carrier to a certain journey or departure of a means of transport. The first 4 characters must be the carrier code and the remaining characters equal the carrier-assigned conveyance reference number and cannot contain spaces. Note: the conveyance reference number cannot be greater than a max of 25 characters. This number cannot be re-used for 3 years. Conveyance transmission The package of conveyance data that is transmitted. It is comprised of the conveyance reference number (CRN) along with the corresponding conveyance data, as well as a cargo control number for each shipment on the conveyance. Courier LVS LVS goods being imported under the courier LVS program by an approved courier. Courier LVS goods are exempt from the eManifest process. CSA Customs Self-Assessment ECCRD Electronic Commerce Client Requirements Document EDI - Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) Systems allow clients to electronically transmit their import or export data, as well as their accounting documents, to the CBSA. These systems facilitate the CBSA’s ability to quickly process low-risk goods, focusing resources on identifying potential threats to Canada’s safety and security. EDI is a set of standards for structuring information to be electronically exchanged between and within businesses, organizations, government entities and other groups. These standards prescribe the formats, character sets, and data elements used in the exchange of business documents and forms. The term EDI is also used to refer to the implementation and operation of systems and processes for creating, transmitting, and receiving EDI documents. eManifest Portal The eManifest Portal (Portal) is a secure data transmission option developed by the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) that allows the trade community to electronically transmit their pre-arrival data through the Internet. Flying truck Air cargo that arrives in Canada on a highway conveyance. FPOA First Port of Arrival Freight forwarder A person who, on behalf of one or more owners, importers, shippers or consignees of goods, causes specified goods to be transported by one or more carriers. Hand-carried goods Goods that will be released after they have been accounted for and all duties with respect to them have been paid under subsection 32(1) of the Act if

(a) the goods are or will be in the actual possession of a person arriving in Canada, or

(b) the goods form or will form part of a person’s baggage and the person and the baggage arrive or will arrive in Canada on board the same conveyance.

HVS High Value Shipment Instruments of International Trade (IIT) Empty shipper or importer owned containers and also those registered under Ottawa file or with container bank numbers, which are used to transport commercial goods to and from Canada. For example: shipping tanks, pallets, baskets, bins, boxes, cartons, crates, gaylords, load lock/spacers, racks, trays, totes or similar goods used to ship goods internationally. In-transit The movement of goods from a point in the United States to another point in the United States through Canada, as well as the movement of goods from a point in Canada to another point in Canada through the United States. LVS - Low Value Shipment Commercial goods with a value for duty not exceeding CAD $2,500. LVS goods are not exempt from the eManifest process. See “Courier LVS” definition is this section. Multi-modal movement A cargo documented on a transport document (e. g. air waybill, bill of lading) used for a specific mode of transportation, but arrives in Canada using a different mode of transport. OGD - Other Government Department Federal Departments or Agencies such as: Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) or Department of Foreign Affairs, Trade and Development (DFATD) etc. PARS - Pre-Arrival Review System A line release option allowing importers and brokers to present release documents prior to the arrival of a shipment in order to obtain release upon arrival. Port of report The port where highway cargo physically crosses into Canada at the FPOA. The carrier may use any automated port of report. The port of arrival of all cargo on board a conveyance should match the port of report. Pre-arrival Prior to a conveyance or cargo arriving in Canada. Pre-arrival information Data pertaining to the importation of goods that is sent to the CBSA in advance of the actual arrival. Record Any material on which data are recorded or marked and which is capable of being read or understood by a person or a computer system or other device. Release Notification System (RNS) A system message sent to the client regarding the status of cargo. Re-manifest A new cargo control document, with a new cargo control number, that is presented to change a cargo control document that had previously been submitted to the CBSA. Re-manifests are generally presented to change destination office or carrier code. Shipment

(a) A shipment for which a carrier is responsible is one that consists of:

(i) a specified good or collection of specified goods that is listed in a single bill of lading, waybill or other similar document that is issued by the carrier and that relates to the carriage of those goods; o

(ii) a specified good that is an empty cargo container that is not for sale that is transported by the carrier but that is not listed in a bill of lading, waybill or other similar document; y

(b) a shipment for which a freight forwarder is responsible is one that consists of a specified good or collection of specified goods that is listed in a single bill of lading, waybill or other similar document that is issued by the freight forwarder and that relates to the carriage of those goods.

Single trip bond A one-time security bond presented by a carrier used to allow a non-bonded carrier to proceed to an inland warehouse with un-released commercial goods. Specified goods (under the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations ) вЂ“ Commercial goods, goods that are or will be imported to Canada for a fee or empty cargo containers that are not for sale but does not include:

(a) goods that will be released after they have been accounted for and all duties with respect to them have been paid under subsection 32(1) of the Act if

(i) the goods are or will be in the actual possession of a person arriving in Canada; o

(ii) the goods form or will form part of a person’s baggage and the person and the baggage arrive or will arrive in Canada on board the same conveyance;

(b) mail;

(c) commercial goods that are used in a repair that is made outside Canada to a conveyance that was built in Canada or in respect of which duties have been paid, if the repair is made as a result of an unforeseen contingency that occurs outside Canada and is necessary to ensure the conveyance’s safe return to Canada;

(d) a military conveyance within the meaning of subsection 18(1) of the Canadian Transportation Accident Investigation and Safety Board Ac t or goods that are transported on board that conveyance;

(e) an emergency conveyance or goods that are transported on board that conveyance; o

(f) a conveyance that returns to Canada immediately after being denied entry to the United States or goods that are transported on board that conveyance.

Transiting the movement of foreign goods through Canadian territory from a point outside Canada to another foreign point.

Información general

2. The Customs Act . the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations and the Transportation of Goods Regulations . establish the time, manner and who is required to send eManifest data pertaining to cargo and conveyances; entering or moving in-transit through Canada.

3. The receipt of pre-arrival cargo and conveyance data enables the CBSA to:

(a) Effectively manage high risk goods and identify threats to health, safety, and security prior to the arrival of cargo and conveyances in Canada;

(b) Allow low risk goods a more efficient, stream-lined process at the border; y

4. Except as otherwise prescribed in the above noted Regulations, all goods imported or moving in-transit through Canada must be reported to the CBSA at the first port of arrival (FPOA) in Canada, even when exempt from the requirement to provide advance electronic information. The requirement to report goods to the CBSA is effected electronically, orally or in writing, in the prescribed manner as described in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations .

5. Submission of this data within prescribed pre-arrival timeframes, when combined with the arrival of the conveyance in Canada satisfies the requirement for “Report of Goods” as set out in Section 12.(1) of the Customs Act .

6. When the conveyance arrives at FPOA and the status is updated to “reported”, the CBSA sends a notification to the operator of the conveyance as identified by the CBSA carrier code on the conveyance report, detailing the Cargo Control Numbers (CCNs) of the related cargo transmissions. This message will serve as the carrier’s “proof of report”.

Security Requirements

7. A highway carrier desiring to become bonded under general authorization must file security in a format as outlined on the CBSA Web site. The amount of the security shall not be less than $5,000 per vehicle nor shall it exceed $25,000 per fleet. In calculating the amount of security, each truck, tractor, trailer or semi-trailer is considered to be a separate vehicle. Any changes in the number of vehicles which serve to increase the fleet must be reported immediately to the Commercial Registration Unit. except where maximum approved security has already been filed.

8. Goods transported by carriers not authorized to transport in bond goods in Canada must be released at FPOA unless the carrier:

(a) Posts a single trip bond to cover the inland movement of the goods; or,

(b) Turns the goods over to a CBSA bonded carrier for furtherance to an inland CBSA office for accounting; or,

9. Freight forwarders must transmit pre-arrival house bill information to the CBSA within the prescribed time frames.

Carrier Obligations

10. As per Section 7.1 of the Customs Act, carriers are liable to ensure all information provided to the CBSA including pre-arrival information is true, accurate, and complete. Furthermore, as per Section 22 of the Customs Act and Section 7 of the Transportation of Goods Regulations . the information transmitted must be supported by source documentation (i. e. bills of lading, invoices, contract of carriage) and made available to the CBSA upon request.

11. As per the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations . the operator of a conveyance that transports specified goods to Canada is solely liable for providing all cargo and conveyance pre-arrival information by electronic means, in accordance with the technical requirements, specifications and procedures that are set out in Chapter 4: Advance Commercial Information (ACI)/eManifest Highway Electronic Commerce Client Requirements Document (ECCRD) and Chapter 7: Advance Commercial Information (ACI/eManifest Highway - Portal.

12. The operator of a conveyance (hereafter known as the “conveyance operating carrier”) is ultimately responsible for the conveyance and the cargo on board. It is their carrier code that must be quoted in the CRN when transmitting conveyance data to the CBSA. Where business arrangements exist, another carrier may provide the pre-arrival data to the CBSA; however, it is the conveyance operating carrier that remains liable for pre-arrival cargo and conveyance information requirements in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Customs Act .

13. The carrier whose carrier code is on the cargo transmission is liable for duties and taxes for the goods until released by the CBSA, or until liability is transferred in accordance with Section 20(2) of the Customs Act .

14. Carriers may hire a service provider or agent to transmit advance cargo and/or conveyance data on their behalf. The carrier code on the electronic transmission must be that of the actual carrier, not the agent or service providers. In order for the CBSA to communicate with the agent or service provider on behalf of the carrier, a third party consent (found in the applicable ECCRD) must be completed and on file with the CBSA .

Single Trip Authorizations

15. Carriers not requiring general authorization may apply to the CBSA for a single trip bond. Application for single trip authorization shall be filed, in duplicate, at the CBSA office of report, accompanied by security as outlined in Memorandum D1-7-1, Posting Security for Transacting Bonded Operations in an amount prescribed by the CBSA.

16. Surety bonds for single trip authorizations must be in the format prescribed on the CBSA Web site .

17. The amount of security will be based on the estimated amount of duty and taxes payable on the goods being transported, but under no circumstances shall security be less than $1,000.

18. Single trip bonds may be issued by customs brokers acting as authorized agents of approved guarantee companies provided the guarantee company is shown as surety on the bond and the relative application form. Application forms and surety bonds will not be accepted when customs brokers are shown as surety.

19. A cargo control document to cover the movement of the goods must be presented to CBSA at the same time as the application form and security. The CCN will be transcribed onto the application form which will be date-stamped.

20. The original application form, along with the security, will be filed chronologically by date at the issuing CBSA office. The duplicate copy of application form will be returned to the carrier.

21. Border services officers at the issuing CBSA office must ensure that the carrier is aware of the location of the CBSA office of destination (address of the CBSA office of sufferance warehouse) to reduce instances of irregular delivery.

22. Non-bonded carriers using a single trip bond will transmit cargo and conveyance data, showing FPOA as the port of destination. Once the carrier arrives in Canada, they will present their bond application with a paper copy of Form A8A, using a different CCN. CBSA at FPOA will acquit the electronic cargo with the in bond CCN (re-manifest), and the cargo will proceed inland on the paper cargo control document (CCD).

Carrier Identification Requirement

23. For the purpose of identifying carriers and freight forwarders, a bonded or non-bonded CBSA carrier code will be assigned to a company upon authorization.

24. All carriers who cross the border must obtain and use their own CBSA assigned carrier code, whether they are transporting goods to be cleared at FPOA or moving goods in bond.

25. CRNs must have the CBSA assigned carrier code of the legal entity (carrier) physically arriving at the border.

26. The carrier code forms the prefix of the barcodes, and combined with a unique shipment number that the carrier chooses, creates a CCN and CRN. This procedure also applies to freight forwarders for secondary reporting and control of in bond cargo that is consolidated or deconsolidated in Canada.

Note: While the carrier code will always be at the beginning of the CRN and CCN, the unique number used for each must not be the same. For example, number (carrier code +) 00001 cannot be used for both the CRN and CCN; the CCN must have a different suffix.

27. For information pertaining to carrier code requirements and how to obtain a carrier code, please refer to Memorandum D3-1-1, Policy Respecting the Importation and Transportation of Goods .

Contract of Exclusivity

28. All carriers who cross the border must obtain and use their own CBSA assigned carrier code, whether they are transporting goods to be cleared at FPOA or moving goods in bond.

29. eManifest cargo and conveyance identifiers have removed the requirement for letters of authority when using a secondary carrier. If the carrier arriving at the border does not appear to be the carrier related to the CRN (no markings/paint identifiers on exterior of the cab), the onus will be on the driver to prove that they are under exclusive contract with the carrier whoвЂ™s carrier code is quoted on the CRN.

30. The authorizing highway carrier may use a contracted carrier to report goods using their carrier code when the contracted carrier is operating under a dedicated equipment contract with the authorizing carrier.

31. Where the authorizing carrier uses a contracted carrier to transport goods into Canada, the carrier code of the authorizing carrier must form the first 4 digits of the CRN.

32. The key points in the description of a contracted carrier are the existence of a contractual agreement and the dedicated use of equipment. Contracted carriers meeting this definition are essentially an extension of the authorizing carrier as shown in the following examples:

(a) the contracted equipment may exhibit the logo of the authorizing carrier;

(b) the contracted equipment is part of the equipment list of the authorizing carrier;

(d) the authorizing carrier dispatches, keeps all records and has control over the drivers and dedicated equipment for the duration of the contract;

(e) during the contract period, the contracted carrier must not use equipment designated to work exclusively to this carrier to move freight for any other Carrier, including their own company.

33. There are various ways the carrier can prove the relationship exists, including having a copy of the contractual agreement in the conveyance, or in its absences, a letter of exclusivity, would also provide indisputable proof of the relationship provided it contained the following:

(a) company letterhead;

(b) start date and expiry date;

(d) name and address of the company that is hiring under exclusive contract (authorizing carrier);

(e) authorized signature, title, and telephone number of hiring company;

(f) a statement that company is hired under exclusive contract;

(g) address of company that is hired under exclusive contract;

(h) authorized signature.

34. This letter of exclusivity does not replace the need for a contract and equipment listing, which must be on file with both parties and provided to the CBSA upon request.

Cargo Control Documentation Requirements

35. Highway carriers exporting or re-manifesting in bond commercial shipments are required to have a CCN in bar-coded format using their own unique carrier code on the cargo control document. Barcode specifications for the CCN may be found in the Appendix C of Memorandum D3-1-1, Policy Respecting the Importation and Transportation of Goods .

36. Paper manifests are generally not required at FPOA when the carrier is providing pre-arrival electronic cargo data that is linked to a CRN. However, paper manifests representing electronic cargo will still be required in other circumstances such as in the event of a systems outage, or goods subject to exceptional processing. For a complete list of goods subject to exceptional processing, please refer to Chapter 4: ACI/eManifest Highway ECCRD and paragraph 107 of this memorandum.

37. The carrier may use the standard CBSA, Form A8A(B), In Bond - Cargo Control Document available at all CBSA offices. Carriers who wish to obtain a blank Form A8A(B) from the CBSA are required to use bar-coded CCN labels and apply them to the form. Alternatively, the carrier may have cargo control documents privately printed in a format acceptable to the CBSA. Cargo control document specifications for privately printed documents are contained in Appendix B of Memorandum D3-1-1, Policy Respecting the Importation and Transportation of Goods . Completion requirements for Form A8A(B) are also found in Appendix D of Memorandum D3-1-1.

38. CCNs and CRN’s must not be duplicated for a three-year period, commencing on the 1 st day of January of the calendar year following the calendar year the CCN was initially used.

39. In addition to records required to be maintained for other program areas, every person who transports or causes goods to be transported into or within Canada is required, under the Transportation of Goods Regulations . to keep records of the electronic data that has been transmitted to the CBSA and any acknowledgment of receipt of that data received from the CBSA. The records that must be kept include all source documents specifically related to the individual data elements transmitted.

40. For CBSA purposes, records related to the conveyance and cargo transmission must be kept for a period of three years commencing on the 1 st day of January of the calendar year following the calendar year during which the cargo/conveyance referenced in the records were transported.

Supervisión

41. In addition to all other monitoring and verification activities, the CBSA will perform periodic monitoring of the records kept by carriers related to electronic conveyance and cargo information. The monitoring will confirm whether the conveyance and cargo data was submitted in a timely manner and that information transmitted pre-arrival is true, accurate and complete and corresponds to the information contained on the source documents on file.

Cargo Reporting and Control Procedures

42. The cargo report must be electronically transmitted to the CBSA by the carrier, or a service provider authorized by that carrier to transmit on their behalf, within the prescribed timeframes as outlined in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations . A highway cargo report is mandatory for all non-exempt import cargo. For more information on eManifest requirements, please see Chapter 4: ACI/eManifest Highway ECCRD .

43. When the conveyance operating carrier and shipment arrive at the border, the driver is required to provide a lead sheet to the CBSA officer. The lead sheet will contain:

(a) a bar-coded CRN, or

(b) a bar-coded CCN with a hand written CRN, or

(c) a hand written CRN if an alternate bar-coded document is also being presented with the lead sheet (e. g. a PARS document with a bar-coded PARS number).

44. Conveyance operating carriers may choose to use the printable lead sheet available through the eManifest Portal.

45. The CBSA requires a barcode to allow the number to be scanned quickly and accurately into the CBSA system and to link to the corresponding advance data that has been transmitted electronically.

46. The conveyance operating carrier will either:

(a) Provide the driver with a bar-coded PARS number specific to each shipment so that the carrier knows which PARS number is being used and will also use the same number when transmitting their pre-arrival cargo data to the CBSA, or

(b) The driver will contact the carrier as soon as a PARS number is used for a shipment (similar to how they notify the broker today), and the carrier will then know which number to electronically transmit to the CBSA.

47. As the carrier’s report to the CBSA is proof of the goods being on board the vehicle, all goods reported to the CBSA are deemed to have landed in Canada.

48. Shipments that have not been sealed by the CBSA at the first point of arrival may be unloaded by the carriers into highway frontier examining warehouses, highway sufferance warehouses, or they may be transferred from one vehicle to another for furtherance without CBSA supervision. For operational purposes, carriers may proceed to their own terminal before delivering the freight to the authorized release point for CBSA clearance. Should the goods require an examination at FPOA, they may only be delivered into the frontier examining warehouse at the CBSA point where the goods arrived in Canada. It is the carrier’s responsibility to physically check all shipments at the point of unloading. Any discrepancies found must be reported to the CBSA immediately.

Electronic Communications With the CBSA

49. Carriers must transmit data using the CBSA’s electronic data interchange (EDI) systems or through the CBSA eManifest Portal. Before initiating the application process (outlined below), carriers must have a valid CBSA assigned carrier code as per Section 12.1 of the Customs Act .

Application to Transmit Electronic Data to the CBSA

50. Carriers using EDI are required to complete an application form and submit it to the eManifest Technical Commercial Client Unit (TCCU).

51. EDI clients may choose to transmit their own data to the CBSA or they may choose to use a service provider. For more information on how to apply to participate in EDI, methods of electronic communication and general information on EDI go to the CBSA Web site.

52. For all enquiries related to any problems with electronic transmission of data and the related application process, or to obtain a copy of Chapter 4: ACI/eManifest Highway ECCRD. contact the TCCU at:

Technical Commercial Client Unit Canada Border Services Agency 355 North River Road, 6 th floor, Tower B Ottawa, ON K1A 0L1 Phone: 1-888-957-7224 (Option 2) calls within Canada and the U. S. Email: tccu-ustcc@cbsa-asfc. gc. ca

eManifest Portal

53. The eManifest Portal is an option developed by the CBSA to allow the trade community to electronically transmit their pre-arrival information through the Internet. The eManifest Portal was developed primarily for small - to medium-sized businesses to facilitate their compliance and ease the transition from paper reporting to pre-arrival electronic data transmission.

54. The eManifest Portal features many self-serve functions allowing highway carriers to:

(a) securely transmit trade data to the CBSA;

(b) confirm receipt of information;

(d) receive system messages from the CBSA updating users on important information related to their cross-border carrier activities; y

(e) access online help and reference material.

55. Further information on computer and Internet requirements, verify the application process, and general information on the eManifest Portal is available.

Transmitting Accurate Data

56. When using the Pre-Arrival Review System (PARS), the electronically transmitted CCN on the cargo data must exactly match the CCN quoted in the PARS release request, inclusive of the acronym “PARS”, where applicable.

57. For example, if the bar-coded PARS number that the driver provides at the border for a shipment is “1234PARS56789”, then the CCN that the carrier electronically transmits prior to arrival must also be “1234PARS56789”. It is not a requirement to embed the letters “PARS” into a PARS number, but if a carrier does embed letters into the PARS number the driver provides at the border, then the carrier must use the identical number in their pre-arrival cargo transmission.

58. If the CCN quoted in the PARS release does not exactly match the electronically transmitted cargo data, this will affect the Release Notification System (RNS) capabilities and subscribers will not receive RNS messages. Inaccurate CCN transmissions by carriers could result in sanctions for non-compliance including the issuing of Administrative Monetary Penalty System (AMPS). Release may also be negatively affected.

In-transit and Transiting Shipments

US Domestic Goods Transiting Through Canada and Canadian Domestic Goods Transiting Through the US

59. Highway carriers transporting goods from one point in the United States to another point in the United States via Canada must file security with the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA). For information on filing security for a single trip, see the CBSA Web site .

60. Canada and the United States have established a joint procedure for the documentation and control of in-transit goods. Form A8B, United States вЂ“ Canada Transit Manifest is used as the cargo control document for either United States or Canadian cargo transiting the other country’s territory.

61. U. S. Customs and Border Protection (US CBP) have an additional requirement for in-transit movements through the United States to be reported through Electronic Data Interchange (EDI). In addition to electronic reporting, the U. S. Customs and Border Protection require the carrier to present the Form A8B in hard copy format. In the future, the CBSA will be implementing a fully electronic format.

62. Highway carriers transporting goods from a point in one country to another point in the same country through the neighboring country must stop at the first customs office in the neighboring country, and present the in-transit manifest for review and validation.

63. You can order copies of Form A8B by contacting the National Distribution Forms Centre at: forms-formulaires@cbsa-asfc. gc. ca .

64. The procedure for United States goods in-transit from one point in the United States to another point in the United States through Canada is as follows:

(a) At the first point of entry in Canada, the driver presents four copies of Form A8B as follows:

Original (white) вЂ“ arrival copy

2 nd copy (blue) вЂ“ exit copy

3 rd copy (green) вЂ“ re-entry copy

4 th copy (pink) вЂ“ carrier copy

(b) The border services officer reviews and validates all copies by stamping and initialing each copy of the form and may also check the goods against the bill(s) of lading, to ensure that all of the goods being moved in-transit are recorded.

(c) When completed, three copies (blue, green, and pink) are returned to the driver, and the original (white) is retained by the CBSA and placed in a pending file until acquittal is received from the U. S. Customs and Border Protection office of re-entry. Acquitted copies are filed numerically.

(d) The goods are sealed with either company seals or the CBSA green ball seals that must remain intact until they are removed by the U. S. Customs and Border Protection at the office of re-entry.

(e) The carrier reports to the U. S. Customs and Border Protection upon re-entering the United States. A U. S. Customs and Border Protection officer stamps the remaining three copies of the manifest and ensures seals are intact, where applicable; the pink copy is returned to the driver. The blue copy is sent to the CBSA office at the first point of entry, and the green copy is retained on file by U. S. Customs and Border Protection.

65. The procedure for Canadian goods in-transit from one point in Canada to another point in Canada through the United States is as follows:

(a) At the first point of entry in the United States, the driver presents four copies of Form A8B as follows:

Original (white) вЂ“ arrival copy

2 nd copy (blue) вЂ“ exit copy

3 rd copy (green) вЂ“ re-entry copy

4 th copy (pink) вЂ“ carrier copy

(b) The U. S. Customs and Border Protection officer reviews and validates all copies by stamping and initialing each copy of the form and may also check the goods against the bill(s) of lading, to ensure that all of the goods being moved in-transit are recorded.

(c) When completed, three copies (blue, green, and pink) are returned to the driver and the original (white) is placed in a pending file until acquittal is received from the CBSA office of re-entry. Acquitted copies are filed numerically.

(d) The goods are sealed with either company seals or U. S. Customs and Border Protection seals that must remain intact until they are removed by the CBSA at the office of re-entry. The carrier should also have the bill(s) of lading available for review.

(e) The carrier reports to the CBSA upon re-entering Canada. A border services officer В verifies seals are intact, stamps the remaining three copies of the manifest and the pink copy is returned to the driver. The blue copy is sent to the office at the first point of entry, and the green copy is retained on file.

66. When accidents, shifts of loads, or other circumstances occur during the in-transit movement, the carrier must contact the nearest CBSA office. The CBSA office will provide the carrier with instructions for managing the cargo.

Conveyance Reporting With In-transit Cargo

67. The conveyance operating carrier or a service provider authorized by that carrier must prepare and transmit an electronic transmission to the CBSA with the required conveyance data within the timeframes specified in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations . The conveyance report shall quote the in-transit cargo exception code.

68. For more information on eManifest highway processes, please see paragraphs 81-87 of this memorandum, and the Electronic Commerce Client Requirements Document (ECCRD).

Cargo transiting Through Canada to/from Foreign/Offshore

69. In bond goods arriving at a Canadian airport or seaport destined for the United States, or goods arriving at the border for outward movement from a Canadian airport or seaport cannot be documented on Form A8B. See Memorandum D3-2-1, Air Pre-arrival and Reporting Requirements . for information on the documentation for air shipments, and Memorandum D3-5-1, Marine Pre-load/Pre-arrival and Reporting Requirements . for marine shipments.

70. Similarly, do not document goods moving in-transit through Canada arriving by one mode of transport and transferred to another mode of transport for the outward movement on Form A8B. You will find documentation procedures in Memorandum D3-2-1, Air Pre-arrival and Reporting Requirements for air shipments, paragraphs 35-40 in this memorandum for highway shipments, Memorandum D3-5-1, Marine Pre-load/Pre-arrival and Reporting Requirements for marine shipments, and Memorandum D3-6-6, Rail Pre-arrival and Reporting Requirements for rail shipments.

Data Transmission Guidelines вЂ“ Import

Cargo Data

71. The cargo report must be electronically transmitted to the CBSA by the carrier, or a service provider authorized by that carrier to transmit on their behalf, within the prescribed timeframes as outlined in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations . A highway cargo report is mandatory for all non-exempt import cargo.

72. All cargo data must be accepted by the system and on file in order to be subsequently linked to a conveyance. If a conveyance is transmitted quoting a CCN that is either not on file or in reject status, the conveyance transmission will be rejected.

73. Electronic highway cargo data may be transmitted up to 90 days before arrival. If the cargo is not to be used, the carrier should transmit a delete for that cargo transmission data.

74. Electronic cargo submissions must be transmitted with an applicable movement type/service option, as found in Chapter 4: ACI/eManifest Highway ECCRD.

75. A sub-location code is conditional for shipments requesting release at the border. This option is to provide a secondary (inland) port of release should the shipment not be able to obtain release at the border (i. e. failed PARS), and the goods qualify for in bond movement.

76. Carriers must make every effort to ensure the importer/broker is aware of which border crossing they are intending to cross so that the PARS release requests are transmitted to the correct port of release. If a carrier arrives at a port that is different from the port of release on the PARS, release cannot be effected. The carrier, if bonded, can request to move in bond for release.

77. A complete list of the information that a highway carrier must include in the cargo transmission can be found in Chapter 4: ACI/eManifest Highway ECCRD.

Multi-modal Movements

78. The multi-modal cargo process applies to both highway and rail modes of transport. The owner or person in charge of the conveyance will link the cargo to the conveyance transmission.

79. A multi-modal movement is cargo documented on a transport document (i. e. waybill) used for a specific mode of transportation, but arrives in Canada using a different mode of transport.

80. he conveyance operating carrier will be required to electronically transmit the multi-modal cargo data within the prescribed timeframes specific to transportation mode used to physically transport the goods in Canada. For example, highway cargo is loaded onto a rail car for transport into Canada. The highway carrier will transmit a multi-modal cargo submission. The conveyance operating carrier will transmit a rail conveyance report and link the multi-modal cargo to the rail conveyance. The multi-modal cargo and the rail conveyance data must be received by the CBSA within the rail transmission time frames.

Conveyance Data

81. The conveyance operating carrier or a service provider authorized by that carrier must prepare and transmit an electronic transmission to the CBSA with the required conveyance data within the timeframes specified in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations .

82. There are some exceptions to this requirement and these exceptions are found in Chapter 4: ACI/eManifest Highway ECCRD .

83. All cargo data must be accepted by the system and on file in order to be subsequently linked to a conveyance. If a conveyance is transmitted quoting a CCN that is either not on file or in reject status, the conveyance transmission will be rejected.

84. Electronic pre-arrival conveyance data may be transmitted up to 90 days before arrival.

85. For an empty conveyance, an empty indicator must be utilized to indicate a conveyance with no cargo.

86. The conveyance operating carrier may use any frontier highway port of report, subject to local restrictions.

87. A complete list of the information that must be included in the conveyance data can be found in Chapter 4: ACI/eManifest Highway ECCRD .

Transmission Timeframes

88. Carriers (or an authorized third-party provider acting on the carrier’s behalf), are required to prepare and transmit the required cargo and conveyance information within the timeframes specified in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations .

89. In the highway mode, the conveyance and cargo information for specified goods must be received and validated, as outlined in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations . at least one hour prior to the conveyance arriving at the FPOA.

90. For exemptions from cargo and conveyance data requirements please refer to Chapter 4: ACI/eManifest Highway ECCRD.

91. Properly formatted messages received less than one hour prior to the transmitted estimated time of arrival will be accepted by the system, but the client will also be warned via error message of “insufficient review time”, and penalties may be applicable.

92. Cargo and conveyance data may be transmitted up to 90 days in advance. The CBSA encourages clients to transmit pre-arrival data as early as possible.

Sealing of Vehicles

93. The sealing of conveyances and containers are only required for the following specific CBSA circumstances:

(a) Carriers who must meet sealing requirements as participants of the CBSA’s trusted trader programs;

(b) Cargo that is, controlled or regulated by any Act of Parliament;

(d) Movement of conveyances and containers from the First Point of Arrival (FPOA) to a CBSA examination location.

94. With the exception of cargo under paragraph 93 (b) . movement between inland sufferance warehouses, where the cargo has been amended or re-manifested, bonded carriers will be allowed to move without seals.

95. If a trailer/container/vehicle or part thereof that contains in bond goods is sealed with a company seal, the seal number must be noted correctly on the pre-arrival conveyance transmission. The company seal will remain intact, unless the CBSA performs an examination.

96. Should a carrier use a company seal to secure their load, the seal numbers must always be transmitted on the Conveyance report.

97. Customs Self-Assessment (CSA) carriers may move inland without a seal except when a vehicle is selected for inland examination under Form A28 Inspection or Operational Report control.

98. Where CBSA seals have been affixed to the load at the first point of arrival for an outturn check at destination, the load must be delivered to the release point with the CBSA seals intact. If company seals are already affixed, it is not necessary to replace these seals with CBSA seals however the load must be delivered to the release point with the seals intact.

99. Where the size, nature or routing of the shipment makes sealing of the vehicle impracticable, other measures of outturn check control must be employed. For example, individual boxes or packages can be bound or sealed in a manner that prevents undetected removal or substitution of contents. In the case of uncrated machinery or equipment, serial numbers can be used for control purposes. Seal numbers, serial numbers or a notation of how packages have been secured must be indicated on Form A28, Inspection or Operational Report (where applicable), by the examining border services officer. Where the border services officer determines that the goods cannot be securely sealed, the goods must be checked against the cargo control transmission. Any unloading for this purpose must be done by and at the expense of the carrier.

100. A border services officer may permit a load to be moved in bond to destination under convoy of a border services officer, where the nature of the goods or the type of vehicle used does not permit the merchandise to be placed under seal, or unreasonable time and labour would be involved in unloading and checking the goods, or for other reasons at the CBSA’s discretion. This movement would be at the expense of the carrier.

101. The CBSA reserves the right to seal any conveyance, container, or compartment at any time.

Mixing of Released and in Bond Goods

102. Permission to transport a mixed load of released and in bond freight may be granted in the following circumstances:

(a) a bulkhead exists to seal the in bond goods (if required); o

(b) the load, including the released goods, will be off-loaded at a sufferance warehouse under CBSA supervision; o

(c) if the released goods are to be off-loaded prior to reporting at the inland sufferance warehouse; i. e. at the importer’s premises, provision must be made for the appropriate inland CBSA office to supervise the breakage of seals and resealing (if required). Should a border services officer be available for this purpose, special service charges would be applicable. If a border services officer is not available, the mixed load must be delivered to the inland sufferance warehouse.

103. CSA carriers moving inland without a seal will be permitted to mix domestic and in bond freight in a single vehicle. Should sealing be required for inland examination purposes, the procedures outlined in paragraph 95 of this memorandum will be applicable.

eManifest Exemptions

104. This section will outline circumstances in which pre-arrival cargo and/or conveyance data is not required under Section 12.1 of the Customs Act . A complete list is found in Chapter 4: ACI/eManifest Highway ECCRD.

105. Should clients choose to transmit data for any of the listed exemptions and/or exceptions they must do so within the timeframes specified in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations . A complete list of the information that a carrier must include in the conveyance and cargo transmissions can be found in Chapter 4: ACI/eManifest Highway ECCRD.

Nota . The CBSA will perform periodic monitoring of the records kept by carriers related to electronic conveyance and cargo information, as identified in paragraph 41 in this memorandum. This will include information that may be transmitted, should clients choose to do so, for goods and conveyances that otherwise fall under exemptions/exceptions.

Exemptions From Cargo and Conveyance Data Sets

106. The following are the exemptions from cargo and conveyance data sets:

(a) Emergency response vehicles/personnel/equipment for use in emergency situations, such as transportation of human organs for transplant, first response fire brigades, ambulance patient transport, teams assisting in disaster relief circumstances.

(b) CSA Shipments (full load of Customs Self-Assessment (CSA) shipments) вЂ“ for eligible goods that meet the requirements under Section 10.2 of the Accounting for Imported Goods and Payment of Duties Regulations.

(c) US Customs Border and Protection (CBP) turnarounds: В “turn-a-round” is described as the immediate return of an entire conveyance and its complete cargo that has been refused entry to the US by the US CBP, at the same port of entry/exit.

(d) Continuous Transmission Commodities (CTC) вЂ“ electricity, crude oil, natural gas, or any tangible personal property, that is transportable by means of a wire, pipeline or other conduit.

(e) Military goods on board a military owned or leased conveyance.

(f) Bobtails;

(i) i. e. tractor with no trailer or semi-trailer; which excludes tractor-trailers or any other ‘complete’ truck, e. g. cube vans. The bobtail highway conveyance must:

be without any equipment attached (for example a trailer, chassis); (for the purposes of the definition above a dolly or device used to link trailers is not considered to be a trailer, chassis or semi-trailer)

be without any commercial goods; y

not being imported.

(ii) Just the tractor component of a tractor and trailer combination.

(g) Mail (Canada Post, U. S. Mail, International) вЂ“ full load only.

(h) Hand carried goods.

(i) CSA carriers with empty conveyances with a CDRP /FAST approved driver and passengers if applicable.

Exemptions From Cargo Data вЂ“ Only Conveyance Data Required

107.The following are the exemptions from cargo data where only conveyance data is required:

(a) Goods that are being imported into Canada under the Courier Low Value Shipment (CLVS) Program by an approved courier under the CBSA Courier LVS Program. HVS/LVS mixed loads (cargo required for HVS). Note: Low value shipments not imported under the CLVS Program require cargo, conveyance, advance data.

(b) Instruments of International Trade (IIT) - Instruments of International trade are empty shipper or importer owned containers and also those registered under Ottawa file or with container bank numbers, which are used to transport commercial goods to and from Canada. For example: shipping tanks, pallets, baskets, bins, boxes, cartons, crates, gaylords, load lock/spacers, racks, trays, totes or similar goods used to ship goods internationally.

(d) Mail (Canada Post, US Mail, International) вЂ“ as part of a mixed load.

(e) Flying trucks, i. e. air cargo that arrives in Canada on a highway conveyance (interim process only; eManifest end-state will require cargo and conveyance data for flying trucks).

(f) Emergency repairs вЂ“ includes conveyances that have been repaired outside Canada as a result of an unforeseen contingency that occurred outside Canada; and the repairs were necessary to ensure the safe return to Canada of the conveyance.

(g) Dunnage вЂ“ packaging material such as boards, blocks, planks, metal or plastic bracing, used in supporting and securing packages for shipping and handling.

Unique Shipment Processes

108. The following are not exempt from pre-arrival data; however the reporting and or pre-arrival requirements differ in some manner.

Empty Conveyances

109. Empty conveyances require a conveyance transmission with an indicator identifying the conveyance as being empty. CSA carriers are exempt from transmitting pre-arrival information related to their empty conveyance.

Refused Shipments

110. hipments refused admission at the first point of arrival due to prohibition, control or regulations pursuant thereto (e. g. Export and Import Permits Act , Schedule VII of the Customs Tariff ) are to be returned immediately to the United States. In these cases, the cargo transmission will be cancelled.

Courier LVS/HVS Requirements

111. Shipments that qualify and are reported under the Courier Low Value Shipment (LVS) Program are exempt from pre-arrival cargo requirements. A pre-arrival electronic conveyance data transmission to CBSA is still required, quoting the appropriate cargo exception code. For additional information concerning the LVS Courier Program see Memorandum D17-1-2, Reporting and Accounting for Low Value Commercial Goods (Not Exceeding CAD$2,500) . and Memorandum 17-4-0, Courier Low Value Shipment Program .

112. Should cargo previously reported under the Courier LVS Program be removed from the LVS stream post arrival through the issuance of Form Y50 by the CBSA, the client is not to transmit pre-arrival data. However, if removed from the LVS stream prior to arrival; full eManifest pre-arrival data is required.

113. Should cargo previously reported under the Courier LVS Program be removed from the LVS stream post arrival by the courier, as the client has identified that the shipment did not qualify under the LVS Program; the client is not to transmit pre-arrival data.

114. Should the client identify that a shipment no longer qualifies for report and release privileges under the Courier LVS Program prior to the shipment’s arrival in Canada, there is both an expectation and an obligation to provide pre-arrival data to the Agency.

Flying Trucks

115. Where air cargo is being transported by a highway carrier, it is the highway carrier that will transmit their conveyance data to CBSA (within the prescribed highway time frames), quoting the flying trucks cargo exception code. Cargo information will be presented at FPOA in the form of paper air waybills. For more information on flying trucks, refer to Memorandum D3-2-1, Air Pre-arrival and Reporting Requirements .

Ancillary Equipment

116. Ancillary Equipment is defined as carrier/driver owned equipment for repetitive use; equipment necessary to ensure the safety, security, containment and preservation of goods (i. e. chains and binders or load bars) (not pallets and the like), including dollies provided the dolly is being used in the international transportation of goods, i. e. not being imported into Canada for the first time.

117. Ancillary equipment is not required to be transmitted to CBSA, if they are not imported into Canada as a commodity.

TIR (Transit International Routier) Carnet

118. CBSA does not accept the TIR Carnet as a valid cargo control document (CCD) for the import, in-transit, or export movement of goods.

119. Electronic pre-arrival cargo and conveyance data must be transmitted for TIR Carnet import or in-transit shipments within the prescribed timeframes. TIR Carnet shipments arriving in Canada for export must also be accompanied by the appropriate CBSA CCNs for the mode of transport being used. The TIR Carnet must be presented to the CBSA at the time of arrival or export.

Goods Found Astray (Misrouted Goods)

120. Carriers must transmit pre-arrival cargo data for all goods being transported to Canada, including Canadian goods found astray outside of Canada, unless there is an exemption or exception. After verification of the facts, the CBSA will release the shipment to the carrier. Verification will consist of satisfactory evidence provided by U. S. Customs & Border Protection or the carrier. The cargo control document will be acquitted by a reference to this memorandum.

121. Foreign goods found astray in Canada must be electronically transmitted post arrival as soon as they are discovered by the carrier. The goods may then be exported in accordance with the Reporting of Exported Goods Regulations and as outlined in Memorandum D3-1-8, Cargo вЂ“ Export Movements .

Overages

122. Any excess in the number of pieces transmitted in the same shipment and found by the carrier post arrival are considered overages. Carriers are required to report any overages to the CBSA as soon as they are discovered by transmitting an amendment to the cargo transmission. An overage occurs only where pre-arrival data was transmitted and a quantity of goods was initially reported upon arrival at FPOA, and subsequently the number of pieces is found, by the carrier, to exceed the number of pieces reported to the CBSA pre-arrival and upon arrival. If no data was transmitted pre-arrival and no report occurred, and the goods are discovered post arrival, this constitutes non-report, not an overage, and may be subject to an AMPS penalty.

Shortages

123. A shortage occurs only where pre-arrival data was transmitted and a quantity of goods was initially reported upon arrival at FPOA, and subsequently the number of pieces found, by the carrier/freight forwarder, is less than the number of pieces reported to the CBSA pre-arrival and upon arrival. Carriers/freight forwarders are required to report any shortages to the CBSA as soon as they are discovered by transmitting an amendment to the original cargo transmission.

Failure to Submit Pre-arrival Information

124. The CBSA requires complete information pertaining to all specified goods arriving in Canada. Where no pre-arrival information was transmitted and no other exemption or exception exists, the carrier must transmit a cargo report as soon as it is discovered. Should the CBSA discover goods for which no pre-arrival data was transmitted, and for which no report was made to CBSA, sanctions may be issued to the carrier for non-report.

125. When the conveyance is known, the CRN must also be amended to add this post arrival cargo.

126. Post arrival cargo that is not attached to a related CRN will be presented to the nearest CBSA office to have the status electronically updated to “arrived”. This must be done to enable release of the goods.

Non-resident Importer

127. For shipments being delivered to Canada where the consignee is a non-resident importer, the foreign name and address of the consignee will be accepted in the consignee name and address fields in the cargo transmission.

128. The Canadian party to whom the cargo is being delivered to must be provided in the delivery party name and address fields. The delivery party name and address may be a warehouse, rail yard, etc. if that is where the carrier’s contract of carriage ends.

Transmitting “To Order” Shipments

129. In acknowledgment of common business practices the CBSA will accept “To Order”; “To Order of Shipper”; or “To Order of Bank”; or “Other Named Entity” in the consignee field provided the name and address of the owner or owner’s representative is transmitted as a notify party. В To help clarify, the following examples illustrate the CBSA’s requirements:

Example 1 . “To Order” and “To Order of Shipper”

The CBSA will accept “To Order” and “To Order of Shipper” in the consignee name field. The address information, city name, and country are mandatory fields for the consignee and ideally the Shipper’s coordinates would be repeated. However, the CBSA will accept terms such as “Same as Shipper”; “See Above”; etc. in the address information field and city name.

The name and address of the owner or owner’s representative would be provided in the notify party fields. The delivery address, if different, would be transmitted in the delivery address fields.

Example 2: “To Order of Bank or Other Named Entity”

The name of the bank or the named entity must be transmitted in the consignee name field. Again, because the address information, city name, and country are mandatory fields, the complete address of the bank, or other named entity, must be transmitted in the consignee name and address fields. The name and address of the party taking receipt of the goods in Canada must be transmitted in the notify party fields. The delivery address, if different, from the address provided in the notify party fields must be transmitted in the delivery address fields.

Moving Company and Personal Effects

130. When personal effects are being imported into Canada the name and address of the actual consignee is required. The name of the moving company may be provided in the notify party field.

Customs Self-Assessment Shipments

131. Transmission of advance CSA cargo data is optional when part of a full load of CSA shipments. The existing paper process for reporting CSA goods at FPOA using a bar-coded lead sheet will continue to be accepted. However, if CSA-eligible goods are included on a pre-arrival electronic cargo transmission, the Business Number of the approved CSA importer вЂ“ along with all other pre-arrival electronic cargo data elements вЂ“ must be included in the transmission in order for the goods to be “authorized to deliver” under the CSA program. For more information on the CSA program policy and requirements refer to Memorandum D3-1-7, Customs Self Assessment Programs for Carriers .

Nota . When CSA shipments are mixed with non-CSA shipments on a conveyance, full cargo details are required, and the CSA indicator must be used.

One Conveyance вЂ“ Multiple Trailers вЂ“ One Shipment

132. Where one shipment is carried on two or more trailers, hauled by one tractor, one CCN must be assigned to cover this shipment. Each trailer must be identified on conveyance report, and the description or special instructions field of the cargo report will indicate the number of pieces and trailers comprising that shipment, e. g. “100 pieces contained in two trailers”.

Entered to Arrive (ETA) and Value Included (VI) Shipments

133. Cargo and conveyance data is required for ETA and VI type shipments within the prescribed time frames. The CBSA will manually acquit the cargo data with the original Transaction number associated with the goods.

Ships’ Stores (Goods Imported for Ships Stores)

134. Defined as goods imported into Canada by airlines or vessels specifically for delivery to vessels or a bonded warehouse. Please refer to Memorandum D4-2-1, Ships’ Stores Regulations for additional information.

135. Pre-arrival cargo and conveyance information pertaining to goods imported for ships stores into Canada must be transmitted electronically within the guidelines and procedures outlined in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations and this memorandum.

Duty Free Shops (Goods Imported by Duty Free Shops)

136. Defined as goods imported into Canada by duty free shops and delivered directly to a licensed duty free shop facility. Please refer to Memoranda D4-3-4, Duty Free Shop вЂ“ Operational Responsibilities and D4-3-5, Duty Free Shop вЂ“ Inventory Control and Sales Requirements for additional information on duty free shops.

137. Pre-arrival cargo and conveyance information pertaining to goods imported and delivered directly to a licensed duty free shop must be transmitted electronically within the guidelines and procedures outlined in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations and this memorandum.

Dangerous Commodities

138. The purpose of the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations is to protect the public from potential hazards of transporting dangerous goods by establishing and regulating safety standards, safety marks, and safety requirements for these products.

139. Dangerous goods, hazardous wastes, explosives, and radioactive materials are examples of products that pose a hazard or risk to human health or the environment, and as such, are regulated and require special handling while being transported.

140. The Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations require that all shipments of dangerous goods be classified, labeled, placarded, packaged, and documented in a specific manner by the shipper. For more information, refer to Memorandum D19-13-5 Transportation of Dangerous Goods .

141. Pre-arrival cargo and conveyance information pertaining to dangerous commodities must be transmitted electronically within the guidelines and procedures outlined in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations and this memorandum.

Contingency Plan in the Event of System Failure

142. For detailed procedures in the event of a CBSA or external failure, refer to the CBSA System Outage Contingency Plan вЂ“ Highway Mode (BSF5115).

In Bond Movement

Notice of Arrival

143. On arrival at the inland destination, the warehouse operator will electronically arrive the cargo, transferring liability of those goods from the carrier to the warehouse.

144. Where a complete load consists of a commodity that may, by CBSA authority, proceed directly to the authorized facility (i. e. liquor, tobacco products for licensed manufactories), the warehouse operator’s copy will be filed with the CBSA at time of release. In this case, the acquittal document will be filed at the main long room rather than at a long room established at a highway sufferance warehouse.

145. When an importer wishes to clear only a portion of the manifested quantity, CBSA Cargo Control Abstract . Form A10, must be used. For more information see Memorandum D3-1-1, Policy Respecting the Importation and Transportation of Goods .

146. The CBSA delivery authority copy of Form A10 is to be signed by the releasing border services officer when release is authorized, and turned over to the warehouse operator as authority to allow delivery of the goods to the consignee.

Delivery Requirements and Transfers to Sufferance Warehouses

147. Cargo arriving by highway for furtherance inland under highway cargo control must be delivered to a type B sufferance warehouse unless exempted from this requirement. A list of exemptions is contained in Memorandum D3-1-1, Policy Respecting the Importation and Transportation of Goods .

148. Cargo may be transferred to another authorized type B sufferance warehouse within the same CBSA office jurisdiction or to another CBSA office after presentation of a re-manifest.

149. Consolidated shipments may be transferred from a highway sufferance warehouse to a bonded freight forwarder’s type CW sufferance warehouse (or agent thereof). For more information on electronic house bills and transference to a CW Warehouse, please see Memorandum D3-3-1, Forwarded and Consolidated Cargo вЂ“ Import Movements .

150. Cargo arriving by air, rail or marine service for furtherance in bond under highway cargo control should be re-manifested at the primary sufferance warehouse, and delivered to the type B sufferance warehouse at destination.

151. Intact containers arriving under highway cargo control for furtherance in bond for export may be delivered to the exporting sufferance warehouse providing the highway cargo control transmission indicates the goods are for export.

152. Cargo may only be delivered into the highway frontier examining warehouse at the CBSA point through which it was initially imported into Canada unless exempted from this requirement as outlined in Memorandum D3-1-1, Policy Respecting the Importation and Transportation of Goods .

Notifications and Error Messages

153. All pre-arrival data received will be validated and processed through CBSA’s systems, and the CBSA will transmit response messages back to the sender. Notices are sent to the sender via the same route as the incoming transmission.

154. There are two types of response messages clients can expect to receive from CBSA systems when submitting pre-arrival transmissions by electronic means:

155. Positive responses are issued in the form of acknowledgements. Acknowledgements are generated when the EDI transmission has successfully passed all syntactical, conformance and validation edits.

156. Error responses will be transmitted to the sender indicating the nature of the error, in the form of a reject notice. Carriers must make corrections to transmissions in error and re-send to the CBSA in a timely manner.

157. For a complete description of all notifications, error messages and codes and their application, as well as request for information notices, refer to the Electronic Commerce section of the CBSA Web site or Chapter 4: ACI/eManifest Highway ECCRD.

Manifest Forward

158. For consolidated shipments, freight forwarders are able to nominate any party, including their primary carrier as a secondary notify party, enabling that party to view house bill data.

159. For more information on Manifest Forward refer to Chapter 11 вЂ“ ACI eManifest Notices ECCRD.

Corrections to Cargo and/or Conveyance Data

160. Changes or amendments to cargo and/or conveyance data shall be made as soon as they are known.

Add/Change/Delete (Cancel)

161. An “Add” is used for the first transmission (original) of any data, whether it is cargo or conveyance data. It must be transmitted within the timeframes as prescribed in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations .

162. A “Change” involves the pre-arrival re-transmission of the entire record (all applicable data elements), which will then replace the entire record on file. As a rule, the carrier will be required to transmit a change to update the current conveyance record or cargo record when any of the data elements on the current transmission to the CBSA change. Individual data elements are not to be transmitted separately.

163. However, if a CCN on a cargo transmission or the actual CRN on a conveyance transmission needs to be changed, the client must first transmit a record to delete the cargo or conveyance and then transmit an “Add” for the new report with the new CCN or CRN. A change request will not be accepted in that case.

164. A “Delete” (cancel) is used for the complete removal of records or packages of records pre-arrival. If individual data elements or loops of segments are to be deleted, these must be processed as changes. The specific data transmitted on the delete does not necessarily have to be identical to the original add or change вЂ“ only the “key” data (i. e. CCN or CRN and whether the record is a cargo or conveyance) must be identical.

165. Deletions may be made at any time up until arrival at the port of report. If a conveyance submission is on file, it must be changed or cancelled before an associated cargo and conveyance can be cancelled. Note un-arrived cargo records are to be deleted (cancelled) if unused within 90 days.

Post Arrival Amendments

166. Cargo and conveyance data transmissions, if found to be in error post arrival, must be amended as soon as the error is discovered.

167. Some key data elements cannot be electronically amended or deleted post arrival. If amendments/deletions to these data elements are required, the online House Bill, Cargo and Conveyance Manual Correction Request Form вЂ“ Post Arrival - All Modes (BSF673) must be completed. Carriers/freight forwarders have up to 90 days to present the correction request to CBSA.

168. Clients are now offered additional options for submitting Form BSF673.

(a) in person to the CBSA (in duplicate), Ambassador Bridge Commercial Operations, 4285 Industrial Drive, Windsor, Ontario, N9C 3R9; o

(b) by email to: cbsa-asfc_sor_windsor_emanifest@cbsa-asfc. gc. ca ; o

169. In circumstances where an immediate correction is required when the conveyance has arrived and reported at the port of entry (e. g. driver waiting scenario), a completed Form BSF673 (in duplicate) can be presented to the port for processing in order to facilitate the furtherance of the conveyance and/or processing of cargo;

(a) Form BSF673 is now applicable for use in all modes of transport; House Bill and

(b) House Bill close message corrections have been included; y

Penalty Information

170. For information on administrative penalties, please refer to Memorandum D22-1-1, Administrative Monetary Penalty System .

171. Other administrative sanctions, such as the revocation of program privileges and penalties of Other Government Departments, may also be applicable. Information on AMPS penalties is also available on the CBSA Web site.

172. Failure to comply with the CBSA requirements outlined in the Customs Act may result in the seizure and forfeiture of the goods and/or conveyance, and вЂ” in serious cases вЂ” criminal charges may be applicable.

Additional Information

173. For more information, within Canada call the Border Information Service at 1-800-461-9999 . From outside Canada call 204-983-3500 or 506-636-5064. Long distance charges will apply. Agents are available Monday to Friday (08:00 вЂ“ 16:00 local time / except holidays). TTY is also available within Canada: 1-866-335-3237 .

Appendix

Completion Instructions for Form A8B, United States вЂ“ Canada Transit Manifest

1. Carrier in-Transit Through Canada вЂ“ This field must be checked off.

2. State/Province Licence Plate No. вЂ“ Indicate the vehicle identification number, i. e. licence plate number, year, and state/province.

3. Tractor вЂ“ Indicate the tractor number of the vehicle.

4. Trailer вЂ“ Indicate the trailer number of the vehicle.

5. Other вЂ“ Indicate the vehicle identification number for vehicles other than tractors or trailers.

6. Port of Departure вЂ“ Where exiting from the United States, indicate the U. S. customs office.

7. Port of Re-entry вЂ“ Where entering into the United States, indicate the U. S. customs office.

8. Canada Permit No. вЂ“ We assign this number from an in-transit manifest series.

9. CBSA Bond No. вЂ“ For single trip bonds, indicate the authorization number as shown on Form E370, Application to Transact Bonded Carrier and Forwarding Operations. Bonded carriers should indicate their CBSA assigned carrier code.

10. Name of Importing Carrier вЂ“ Indicate the name of the carrier. In the case of a rented vehicle, indicate the name of the rental company.

11. Name of Operator or Agent of Carrier вЂ“ Indicate the name of driver. In the case of rented vehicles, indicate the name of the rental company.

12. Port and Date of Arrival вЂ“ CBSA will indicate the CBSA office where the vehicle has entered Canada and the date.

13. CBSA Seal Numbers/Initials of CBSA officer вЂ“ В the CBSA will verify seal numbers and the border services officer will initial the form.

14. Port and Date of Exit вЂ“ the CBSA will indicate the CBSA office from where the vehicle is leaving Canada and the date.

15. Seals Intact вЂ“ CBSA will check “yes” or “no” as to whether seals are intact.

16. Other Irregularity вЂ“ CBSA will check “yes” or “no” as to whether any inconsistencies are found.

17. Initials of CBSA officer вЂ“ The border services officer processing the document at the CBSA office of exit will initial the document.

18. Waybill Numbers вЂ“ Indicate the waybill numbers of the waybill.

19. No. of Packages вЂ“ Indicate the number of packages and description of goods as shown on the waybill.

20. Value вЂ“ You do not need to complete this field for goods transiting Canada.

21. Signature of Operator or Agent of Carrier вЂ“ This document must be signed by the operator or agent of the carrier.

Referencias

Transporter and Cargo Control Programs Unit Program and Policy Management Division Commercial Program Directorate

Nikon D3 Review

Nikon D3 Overview

by Shawn Barnett, Dave Etchells, Siegfried Weidelich, and Mike Pasini Hands-on Preview: 12/04/07 Full Review: 01/21/09

Pro photographers last year got a new option for full-frame digital photography: the Nikon D3 digital SLR camera. Not only did it make their old Nikon glass fully usable again, but it's the fastest digital SLR on the market -- with some limitations.

The big news was that Canon finally had a rival in the full-35mm space. It had been a long time coming. As they did with the D2x, Nikon struck a very fine balance with the D3. It's not 16 or 21.1 megapixels like the Canon 1Ds line, it's 12.1. And it's not a full 10 frames per second, like the 1D Mark III, it's 9; but you can get to 11 frames per second if you don't need full resolution and focusing tracking. It's an interesting and effective strategy. While they've surrounded Canon's models at the low end, they're still wisely splitting the difference at the pro end, and the resulting cameras are more versatile than the competition.

But resolution and frame rate aren't the only important aspects to this new professional digital SLR camera. The Nikon D3 has 14-bit A/D conversion, just like the D300 that was introduced at the same time, plus the option of stepping back into 12-bit A/D conversion if you desire. The Nikon D3's new Scene Recognition System merges data from the AF system with data from the 1,005-point metering system for greater accuracy and better tracking. A new 51-point AF system includes 15 cross-type sensors and a wide range of modes to take best advantage of them. And the 920,000 pixel, 3-inch LCD rivals the Nikon D3's own optical viewfinder for clarity; both offer 100% viewfinder coverage.

In-camera Lateral Chromatic Aberration Correction, optic-by-optic autofocus fine-tuning, a wide ISO range of 200 to 6,400, plus extension to Lo-1 (100) and Hi-2 (25,600!), really round out the package.

As if to underscore how Nikon has split the difference between the Canon 1Ds and 1D Mark III offerings, the price of the Nikon D3 digital SLR is $4,999.95.

Nikon D3 User Report

During a break at my adventure at Dogpatch Studios. the inevitable question was raised. We'd been shooting with D300s all day and found them to be up to every task we tried. So what, we wondered, is the big deal about the D3?

A few of us had actually held a D3 in our hands and the same answer occurred to each of us: It's just the most responsive camera we've ever used. Touch the Shutter button and the camera fires before you've finished pushing it down. If you don't immediately release the Shutter button, you've got a series of images. But that light touch grows on you instantly. You begin to wonder why every camera can't be so responsive. It's how your mind works, after all.

And then everything else you need is right at your fingertips, from ISO and White Balance settings to shooting modes and Aperture and Shutter speed dials. If you've shot with a Nikon digital SLR before, you'll feel right at home.

We all agreed that the one thing we did not like about the D3 is its weight. At 2.73 pounds without a lens, it's not going to go everywhere with you even if it won't fit in a drawer. It means business and it isn't shy about it.

One thing we didn't all agree on was the importance of its 35mm frame size. Nikon calls this FX (to distinguish it from both the DX of its APS-C sensors and the implications of "full" frame). While it's nice to have your focal lengths behave normally, modern fast autofocusing lenses (many with image stabilization) are hefty in their own right. The question left on everyone's mind -- especially after falling in love with the D300 -- was whether or not anybody really needs an FX system.

DX . D300 with 35mm lens at f/2.8 and 1/3,200 second and ISO 200.

FX . D3 with 50mm lens at f/2.8 and 1/2,500 second and ISO 200.

Here we mounted a Nikkor 35mm f/2.8 on a D300 whose 1.5 focal length multiplier equates to a 52.5mm equivalent and a Nikkor 50mm f/1.4 on a D3 in FX mode. Both cameras were set to ISO 200 and f/2.8 and Aperture priority mode.

While the images are close equivalents, there are differences in the amount of background blur and overall contrast. Some of that is no doubt due to the difference between the two prime lenses. But in the real world, you would be considering the composition two different lenses would provide. There is no standard prime 35mm and prime 50mm lens. The key point here is how similar the compositions are.

There's only one compositional issue to consider. The smaller DX format does handicap you if you want to shoot wider than an 18mm equivalent (but not fish-eye wide), whereas the D3 gets down to 14mm without a problem.

We discuss the FX factor in more depth below, but except for that wide angle issue, the DX format is not handicapped when it comes to composing your images.

Look and Feel . Much like the Nikon D300, the Nikon D3 body design features mostly evolutionary design changes, which is better for existing D2x users.

The pentaprism housing is notably larger, and the ambient light sensor is no longer a part of the design (on the D2x, the white window perched over the Nikon logo is the ambient light sensor). The red accent on the grip has been restyled as well. The new cover over the Flash and Remote Terminal has a new one-piece design. Also note the gold FX logo in the lower right corner, denoting Nikon's new designation for Full Frame.

Fewer changes are made to the Nikon D3's control arrangement than were done to the D300, but there are a few. The Enter button is now an OK button. The speaker below this button has been moved closer to the rear Status LCD. The LCD is larger, going from 2.5 inches to 3 inches. The more significant improvement is in the LCD's resolution: now 640x480. It's hard to appreciate this improvement until you see an image on the screen. The AE/AF Lock button has gotten smaller and dropped down a bit, making it easier to distinguish from the AF-ON button, which used to be right next to it. The two rear Command dials are set at a slight angle to match the orientation of the thumb's pivot point when holding the Nikon D3; a nice ergonomic change. The vertical, or secondary AF-ON button in the lower right corner has been moved from below the Command dial to above it. Without holding the camera, it's tough to know which will be preferable. The old location did make it easier to press the button accidentally.

There is no plastic screen cover for the Nikon D3.

Here on top, the Metering selector dial has moved back a bit, and the Mode and EV compensation buttons have changed shape. The hot shoe design has changed a bit.

Body . Size and weight has increased on the Nikon D3 when compared to the Nikon D2x. The D3 weighs 2.7 pounds (1,240g) without battery or cards, while the D2x was 2.4 pounds (1,070g). Along with the sensor size increase come necessary increases in size for the mirror, mirror box, shutter, and probably the motors needed to activate these mechanisms. The larger pentaprism and LCD would also affect weight and size. Dimensions are now 6.2 x 6.2 x 3.4 inches (159.5 x 157 x 87.5mm).

The exterior shell of the Nikon D3 is made of magnesium alloy, and sealed against dust and water.

Nikon D3 Setup

The D3 we tested came from our lab so I didn't go through all the setup changes I normally do.

But I did follow my usual routine for setting up the camera to behave the way I expect, skipping just a few of the more personal touches. Among the things I didn't do, for example, was set up a copyright notice using the Comment feature and personalize the folder name with my initials.

The essential setup involves adjusting the diopter, setting the viewfinder display and going through the Menu system item by item.

Diopter . Pull it out, click to set and push it back in.

Diopter Adjustment . The diopter knob pulls out so you can twist through the settings. Once you've found the sweet spot where the focus screen is sharp, you lock in your setting by pushing the diopter knob back in.

I actually had to resort to the manual to figure out that you pull the diopter knob out. I could not figure out with trial and error how the diopter knob worked. Pulling it out was the last thing I'd have thought to do. Which suggests how secure the setting is once you've made it.

Mode Dial . Single, Continuous Low, Continuous High, Self-Timer, Mirror Up, and here set to Live View.

Viewfinder . The D300 viewfinder options were, well, missing. Unlike the D300, I couldn't enable a grid display in the Nikon D3 viewfinder, one of my survival tactics. Instead, I had to learn how to use the D3's Virtual Horizon feature. That's a bit more than a simple setup option, so I've detailed it below.

A Strap . It didn't take very much time handling the Nikon D3 before I decided it wasn't safe to do so without a shoulder strap. Nikon does supply one with the camera, but I had just received some UPstraps (http://www. upstrap-pro. com ) for review and though they were heavy duty, I snugged the quick release version to the D3. The strap's non-slip grip (which really does not slip) was reassuring.

Ports . USB connector on top, DC In, AV out, and HDMI connectors on bottom.

The Nikon D3, like any digital SLR with a vertical grip, is really too big for a wrist strap. But with the quick release Upstrap, I found it easy to shoot in either the horizontal or vertical orientation.

Nikon D3 Menu Items

There are a lot of menu items on the Nikon D3 but don't let them confuse you. The Menu system features a context-sensitive Help feature accessible by pressing the. button (third down on the left of the LCD). If you find an option unclear, just hold down the. button to see a text explanation.

Another source of help is the Nikonians. a Nikon user group, which has developed a D3 setting spreadsheet for keeping track of menu item settings. There are a number of alternatives available as well, all worth checking out at least as starting points for your own setup.

Among the Menu system items I found some of my old favorites and essential settings for my work habits.

Auto Image Rotation . I like this on even though the data itself isn't rotated. But it does write the correct orientation to the orientation tags in the Exif header so I can see the image normally during slide shows. And slide shows with the D3's HDMI output are not to be missed.

Color Space . My workflow uses AdobeRGB as the color space, so I changed the Nikon D3 from sRGB to AdobeRGB. I start wide and normal down everything here myself, but if you like to use a service for prints, you might prefer to leave the camera set to sRGB.

Focus Mode . Having been impressed with the D300's 51-point autofocus at Dogpatch, I quickly started from there on the Nikon D3. You can stick with single-point autofocus (which is how we all learned to focus) but there's 9-point and 21-point autofocus available, too. You can even select one point from a set of 11.

But more importantly with 51-point autofocus you can do 3D tracking of moving objects. And you can do this in Live Mode. It takes some coordination (which doesn't come easily to some of us) but you can do it.

Release Mode . The Nikon D3 fires so quickly, I really wasn't comfortable at first with release mode set to anything over than either Single or Live View. I did, however, eventually develop the touch so I could indulge in a little Continuous shooting. Just to hear that sweet shutter do the tremola was worth it. But Single mode acts like Continuous on most other digital SLRs.

Continuous High Speed . FX image size, Raw+JPEG to two CF cards. (Click to listen.)

Picture Controls . The Nikon D3 offers Picture Control settings of Standard, Neutral, Vivid, and Monochrome. You can also adjust each of these to your liking. They resemble Canon's Picture Styles (discussed in the April 27 and May 11 newsletters last year).

My personal preference is not to manipulate the image data in the camera (start wide). There are certainly occasions that call for it, but my default setting is Standard.

D-Lighting . Where I make an exception to that is with the Nikon D3's D-Lighting option. Linear capture tends to dote on the highlights, devoting to them far more data than the shadows get. D-Lighting compensates for that, making it a lot more feasible to shoot JPEG rather than Raw -- a boon to photojournalists.

When you enable Nikon's Active D-Lighting feature, it salvages detail in the shadows and highlights of JPEG captures. There are four options: Off, Normal, Low, or High. D-Lighting is still available in Playback mode as an Edit option, but in the D3 it can be activated immediately after capture. In fact look for it in the index as Active D-Lighting, rather than D-Lighting (which will take you to the Playback enhancement).

With D-Lighting set to Normal, I got very nice histograms on my JPEGs and never worried about underexposure. It's more digicam-like behavior, certainly, but that isn't always a bad thing. Especially if you've got a deadline you're tracking with a watch instead of a calendar.

Non-CPU Lens Data . An FX sensor is what your old 35mm glass has been waiting for. And the Nikon D3 can store up to nine settings for them. You simply enter the widest aperture and the focal length of the lens and use the index number to activate that setting. I found it a particularly intelligent touch that the options you scroll through are actual Nikkor possibilities and not some programmer's list of every fraction.

My first entry (Number One) was a 50mm f/1.4 lens. My 43-88mm zoom went in as 43mm f/3.5. Y así. Then you just use Manual or Aperture Priority mode (letting the camera set the Shutter speed), meter the scene through the camera and shoot away. The old glass never really had it so good.

NEF Bit Depth . The default bit-depth setting for NEF or Raw captures is 12-bit, like the D200 and D300. But the Nikon D3 (and D300) can also record 14-bit channels. When I shoot NEF it's because I really do want to fiddle with the tone and color later. Might as well have lots of bits to fiddle with. So I set it to 14-bit.

Function Button . Not right away, but after shooting a while, I decided I had to assign an important function to the Function button that sits under the Depth of Field Preview button. But more about this later.

Auto DX Crop . With an FX sensor, you might think mounting a DX lens would be a big mistake. But not on the Nikon D3. The D3 is smart enough to know what kind of lens is mounted, and it lets you choose how to handle it. More on this below but if you have DX lenses, this is one setting worth getting to know.

Voice Memo . When you're stuck without a notebook or a pen, recording audio captions for images can save your bacon. There's a number of voice memo options on the Nikon D3, which has a microphone (unlike the D300). You can record audio notes automatically or manually and even change the Record button behavior (hold to record or press to start/stop recording).

That covers enough Record menu options to get going, but there are also some Playback options to consider.

Battery Info . Calibration and charging life, too.

Image Review . Battery life on the Nikon D3 is so long that there's no excuse not to indulge in a little image review. After all, the only way to really judge exposure (even with the gorgeous 3.0-inch LCD on the D3) is to study the histogram displayed with Image Review.

Image Review . Only one of many pages, this summarizes exposure settings and shows a histogram along with a thumbnail. The bottom shot shows another review display with red autofocus indicators.

Rotate Tall . If you want to see all your images in the correct orientation without rotating the camera, enable Rotate Tall. This has the disadvantage of making portrait oriented images only as tall as the LCD is, rather than full frame.

But if you plan to display your images on your HDTV through the D3's HDMI port (which works very well, BTW), you'll want Rotate Tall on.

Center Button . You can set a command for both Record and Playback modes.

Navigator Center Button . A number of the camera's buttons can be reassigned or set with custom functions. Remember that if you find yourself often digging through the menus for the same function. The one button I like to assign first is the center button on the multi-selector.

Navigator . A bit stiff but quite capable.

In Playback mode, I like to press that button to zoom in to a 100 percent view of the image to check focus or examine the effects of a sensor cleaning. You can also just press the magnifier button to zoom in bit by bit. But with the center button, you can select low, medium, or high magnification and get there in a jump. Other options include Thumbnail on/off, View histogram, and Choose folder. And yes, you can assign a function for shooting mode, too (Select center focus point).

Much as I like Nikon's Menu system (particularly the color scheme), the Nikon D3 seems to have cracked it a bit. There are so many options that it's hard to find some of them.

Nikon has a couple of solutions to this, but I didn't find either of them sufficient. Oddly enough, this didn't bother me on the D300. That was just about the limit, though.

My Menu . You can build your own menu of frequently accessed settings, even reordering them.

My Menu . Like the D300, the Nikon D3 offers a My Menu option rather than the Recent Settings option of the D200. I found I missed Recent Settings but My Menu lets me add, delete, and rearrange frequently accessed menu items.

The trouble is that with a camera like the Nikon D3, a half dozen lines for favorite menu items is a little truncated. Sure, the menu scrolls, but you want to see at a glance what you've been doing or just done. Why, after all, can't we have both a My Menu and Recent Settings?

Manage Settings . Again like the D300, you can save your settings to the memory card so you can reload them or share them. This is a binary file stored in the root directory of your CompactFlash. As a binary file you can't edit it.

Nikon D3 Heft

Front . The D3 (left) isn't much bigger than a D200 outfitted with the vertical grip.

Back . The controls are laid out the same, too.

Heft hardly covers it when discussing the D3. It's not so much that it's a heavy body, but it includes a vertical grip and, having an FX sensor, you'll no doubt mount some heavy glass on it. The two together do add up to a load.

But interestingly, a D200 with the optional vertical grip and a large lens isn't much lighter.

And the Nikon D3's grip makes it a comfortable package once you've got it in your hand. You're never stretching too far for a command or control, making it quite comfortable to actually use.

I wouldn't carry a D200 outfitted that way with a mere wrist strap and you won't carry the Nikon D3 that way either. The UPstrap here for review that I used held the camera securely both on my shoulder and around my neck. When the weight became uncomfortable (which happens sooner around your neck), I found myself holding the lens up with a free hand to lessen the burden.

I made something of a wide load walking down the sidewalk with the Nikon D3 on my shoulder. So I usually put the strap around my neck where I could see the lens hood and safely navigate obstacles like lamp poles and baby carriages.

The Nikon D3 didn't fit in my compact Domke bag or my digital SLR holster, so I wasn't able to conceal it on my various excursions. In some ways, I felt it demanded as much attention as a view camera.

But the D3 is professional gear intended for venues where no one is surprised to see a camera -- and quite a few may even be looking for one. If your shooting is more discreet, the D300 is more your style.

Nikon D3 Details

Besides the pull-out diopter adjustment, the Nikon D3 has a few other physical attributes worth noting.

Subcommand Dials . Both horizontal (top) and vertical subcommand dials are off axis, making them easier to control.

Battery latches . The battery latch system is a big one. To open the battery compartment in the vertical grip, you lift out a small handle and turn it a quarter turn to unlock the latch. The battery, attached to the body piece with the small handle, slips right out.

Battery Latch . Another crazy Nikon latch system. The top shows cover lock. The middle shows small gray release button. The bottom image shows (a) small gray release, (b) ports for (c) fingers.

To remove the battery from the body piece, you have to unlatch it by pressing a small gray level in the direction of the arrow next to it. Two fingers on the battery are then released and you can plug the battery into the elaborate two-battery charger.

The charger itself has set of LEDs showing 50, 80, and 100 percent charge states. It can also be used to calibrate the battery. Unlike other Nikon battery chargers, this one is both 120 and 240 volt. You just need the right cable or adapter to use it internationally.

Nikon D3 Flash

Unlike the D300, but not so strange in the pro SLR world, the Nikon D3 doesn't include a popup flash. It does have both a hot shoe and a PC sync terminal, and it does support i-TTL metering of external flash and support for Nikon's Creative Lighting System.

This turned out to be quite a disadvantage for me. I wasn't able to use my SB-800 flash wirelessly. With no strobe on the Nikon D3, I had no way to signal the SB-800. But there are a couple of ways around this.

First, I could use the SB-800 mounted to the hot shoe. But that wasn't where I wanted the light. Mounted to the hot shoe, however, it would be able to command a second SB-800 without firing itself, much like the popup flash on the D300.

A more economical solution, though, is to use an SU-800, a wireless flash commander that mounts on the camera's hot shoe. It doesn't itself have a flash but it can communicate with the SB-800. And the $250 SU-800 is less expensive than a second $400 SB-800. Another option is to use an SU-800 or SB-800 as the commander, and a less expensive SB-600 as a slave.

Nikon's Creative Lighting System is not to be missed, so either of those solutions should be on your starter accessories list.

Viewfinder Cover . Open (top) and closed. Note the position of the small lever in the upper left.

It's a list that's sure to grow as you become comfortable with this easy-to-use wireless flash system. Either an SB-800 or SU-800 on the D3 and a bevy of SB-600 strobes can solve quite a few lighting problems.

Eyepiece . Most Nikon digital SLRs ship with a tiny plastic eyepiece cover. If you're shooting in Live View mode or otherwise have not shaded the eyepiece, the stray light entering the camera can affect exposure. Hence the cover.

But on the Nikon D3, there's a built-in shutter. A small lever on the left of the eyepiece shuts and opens the shutter. Nice touch.

Virtual Horizon . This is how it's displayed on the top LCD, and a simple vertical scale is displayed in the viewfinder.

Virtual Horizon . This is how it's displayed on the main LCD.

Virtual Horizon . Holding a camera (or anything else) level is not one of my strengths. On a digicam, I always enable the grid overlay before I start taking pictures. I did that with the D300, too, but I was stymied with the D3. No grid overlay.

Nikon sells an optional Type E focusing screen for the D3 with an etched grid. It replaces the simpler Type B screen installed at the factory.

But I didn't have to fiddle with that. Instead, the D3 offers a Virtual Horizon feature. Virtual Horizon reads the D3's orientation sensor to indicate level as long as you aren't pointing the camera up or down too far.

You can enable this from the menu system and it will display on the LCD, which is probably the preferred method for tripod-mounted shots.

Function Button . You can assign a specific function to this button below the DOF Preview button.

But for handheld shots, the best way to tap into it is to assign the Function button to Virtual Horizon. Then when you press the Function button, a vertical scale appears on the right side of the viewfinder and, at the same time, a horizontal scale appears on the control panel. So whether you are looking through the eyepiece or standing over the camera, you can tell if it's level.

You might think that would take care of my problem, but it didn't quite. Using the vertical scale through the viewfinder, I found it difficult to find and hold level. The bars were going up or down while I was twisting the camera body clockwise or counterclockwise. You get used to that, but sometimes it's just more direct (and quicker) to line up a vertical or horizontal with a grid line. I really missed my grid.

Oddly enough, though, when I did find the button to check my orientation, I was always very close. That says more about the Nikon D3 and its balance than me and mine.

And the viewfinder itself is quite accommodating. I was able to wear glasses and get a full view without touching the eyepiece.

Nikon D3 LCD

While the 3.0-inch, 921,600 dot LCD (1,920 columns and 480 rows) is the same gorgeous screen as the one in the D300, the Nikon D3 protects it with tempered glass so no LCD cover is required. I was very careful not to scratch it any way (no buttons rubbing against it when I carried it strapped over my neck) but it did seem particularly tough.

With a very wide viewing angle of 170 degrees, you can hold the camera away from your face and still get a glimpse of your composition.

The new LCD distinguishes itself from its competitors in a couple of other ways as well. It maintains the same RGB sequence for each row rather than alternating between RGB/BRG schemes. And it has a much finer, nearly seamless gap between pixels than the typical 230K LCD.

It is, in a word, beautiful.

Top LCD . Mode, shutter speed, f-stop, and more.

Lower LCD . ISO, Quality, and White Balance settings.

For all that, the Nikon D3 requires a couple more LCDs, which is about one more than I like. The top LCD, a large black and white LCD, performs much the same functions as its cousins on the D200 and D300, with the addition of the Virtual Horizon function.

The other LCD, unique to the Nikon D3, is just below the color LCD. It reports ISO, Quality, and White Balance settings.

FX & DX

Nikon prefers to refer to the D3 as an FX format camera rather than a full-frame 35mm camera. The company dislikes the implication that a camera that isn't "full-frame" is somehow "subframe." As far as Nikon is concerned, both the FX and DX formats are legitimate digital formats with long lives ahead of them.

The advantage of the smaller DX format is primarily weight. The glass can be smaller and hence, less heavy. But the focal length multiplier means your standard 35mm lenses are going to crop closer than you remember. A 50mm lens will crop like a 75mm lens.

12-Mp Detail . Examine the detail around the ball. FX at 24mm.

The advantage of the larger FX format is that focal lengths crop the way you remember. That 35mm lens that crops like a normal lens on a DX camera is once again a wide-angle lens on an FX camera. So go get your wide angle lenses back.

What's particularly interesting about Nikon's FX and DX formats is that the FX image size isn't huge. At 4,256 x 2,832 pixels at its largest, it's just a 12-megapixel image. That's a bit smaller (pixel-wise) than the D300, in fact. With a DX image area, though, the Nikon D3 captures, at its largest size, just 2,784 x 1,848 pixels (only a 5-megapixel image).

So you get full-frame functionality without the overhead (processing power demands, storage requirements, etc.) of, say, a 25-megapixel image. That was a big relief to me. I could shoot full-frame without paying an image size penalty.

You might think you give up too much resolution that way, but take a look at my image of the softball on the base path and tell me you need more resolution.

And with larger pixels, you also gain the added advantage of better light gathering capability in low light. The Nikon D3 does some extraordinary things in low light and this sensor is the key to that.

Auto DX Crop

Image Area . This is where you'll find the Auto DX crop option, as well as the image-area selections.

Hidden in the Image Area menu is an option that will make the FX Nikon D3 behave like a DX camera, although not with the same resolution as the D300. When you enable the Auto DX Crop option, the D3 will automatically crop the image area to the DX size when it senses a DX lens.

So instead of seeing an image in a circle in the Nikon D3 viewfinder, you see a dim mask framing the live DX image area (which is only 5 megapixels). I liked being able to monitor outside the capture area while viewing through the viewfinder. But I also liked being able to use DX lenses on the Nikon D3 without a penalty.

You do get more resolution using that DX lens on a D300, but that's the only penalty.

Image Areas

Image Areas . Three options.

Now that we've said that, we should list the whole menu of image-area sizes:

In FX-format (36 x 24mm): (L) 4,256 x 2,832, (M) 3,184 x 2,120 and (S) 2,128 x 1,416

In 5:4 format (30 x 24mm): (L) 3,552 x 2,832, (M) 2,656 x 2,120 and (S) 1,776 x 1,416

In DX-format (24 x 16mm): (L) 2,784 x 1,848, (M) 2,080 x 1,384 and (S) 1,392 x 920

Nikon D3 High ISO

ISO Settings . You can manually set ISO to 3,200 then bump it up to 6,400, 12,800 (H1.0) and even 25,600 (H2.0) in 1/2 or 1/3 step increments. You can also let the camera shift ISO up if an auto exposure setting would drop the shutter speed below a minimum value you set.

The Nikon D3 indulges my preference for natural light photography, especially when coupled with a Vibration Reduction lens. But it took me into a whole other world with its high ISO options.

Auto ISO ranges from ISO 200 to 6,400. You can step 200 down to ISO 100 (not terribly satisfying) but you can also kick it up as high as ISO 25,600. Yes, you get noise up there, but so what? You're seeing in the dark.

ISO L1.0 . See also the L0.7, L0.3 and ISO 200 shots in the gallery for comparison.

ISO settings lower than 200 correspond to ISO sensitivities of 160 and 100 equivalent, indicated as L0.3 to L1.0 on the LCD, respectively. Contrast at these settings is slightly lower than at normal ISO settings.

ISO settings higher than 6,400 correspond to ISO sensitivities 0.3 to 2 EV over ISO 6,400, or ISO 8,000 to 25,600 equivalent indicated as X0.3, X0.7, H1.0 and H2.0 on the LCD. Compared to ISO 6,400, these settings show more noise and color distortion.

So how real are these high ISO settings?

The first qualifier is color capture. At ISO 25,600, you'd think you'd be smart to restrict capture to black and white. But I got quite decent color at X0.3 levels and color captures up to ISO 6,400 were perfectly acceptable. The Nikon D3 really separates itself from the pack around ISO 1,600, capturing a range of images with low noise at ISO settings that other cameras can't match.

I took two kinds of low-light shots. I tried night shots of objects illuminated by street lights at H2.0 and I shot typical night scenes (like neon lights).

Night Shot . Aperture Priority and ISO 25,600.

I had the feeling I could see in the dark with some of the street light scenes. But as fast as ISO 25,600 may be, I still found it necessary to shoot in Aperture Priority mode, using a hand-holdable 1/25 second with non-VR lenses. Shooting in Program mode, for example, resulted in shots blurred by camera movement by virtue of the very slow shutter speed required.

At first, I thought I was having focus problems (it's hard to tell what's going on in the dark), so I switched to manual focus. But I couldn't see well enough to focus (none of my subjects were particularly bright). Going back to autofocus resolved that issue.

Composing in the dark is a problem, too. The hydrant image background could not be distinguished from the framing mat of the viewfinder so it was very difficult to tell if the hydrant was straight or not. I should have used the Virtual Horizon feature to guide my composition, but I didn't think I needed it.

Low Light . Aperture Priority and ISO 25,600.

The second kind of low light shot I took was the dolls awaiting repair in the dimmest corner of the garage. The light falling on them measures four footcandles at best and the Shirley Temple doll is always in shadow. I set the D3 to shutter priority with the shutter at 1/25 second (which I can hand hold at this weight) and took portraits of the dolls. There is some noise, but there's more than adequate color (given the original scene, which is less vibrant than the images) and detail is very sharp (the lips and eyebrows, not to mention the cracks).

Handheld Macro . A reversing ring, Auto ISO (set to 635 here), f/11 and 1/200 second.

You have to visit the Exif page for these shots to see the actual ISO, rather than the base ISO. They are, in fact, ISO 3,200 shots as our captions on the gallery page show, but at a higher EV setting. So look in the Makernotes for the ISOSetting tag where you'll see the ISO equivalent of 25,600 listed.

On all these shots, by the way, High ISO Noise Reduction was Off.

But the Nikon D3's usable high ISO means it can also see in bright sunlight. That was a real pleasure, I found out. I like to shoot macro but the old problem of getting enough depth of field at a handheld shutter speed can take a lot of subjects (like poppies in the wind) out of play. Not with the D3. I cranked up the ISO, set the aperture to f/11 and the shutter speed to 1/60 second and shot away. Handheld macro at f/11!

Double CF Slot

Double Card Slot . Three useful options.

I found the memory card door awkward to open, but that's not surprising. Nikon has a special gift when it comes to designing awkward doors and latches.

A small door opens opposite the memory card door on the back panel to reveal a tiny button that begs to be opened by a finger sneaking in from the open right side. Unfortunately that's the side the memory card door opens on, so you are effectively blocking the door from unlatching if you do that. The trick is to come at it from the bottom. No matter how funny this makes you look.

Door Release . Hard to get to unless you come from below.

Once you get in there, you'll find two CompactFlash memory cards slots. Slot 2, which is closer to the grip and labeled "2" on the big gray push button above it) can be used for overflow, backup storage, or separate storage. A truly brilliant idea.

If you only have one card, you'd put it in Slot 1. You could save Slot 2 for overflow, recording images only when the card in Slot 1 is full. But you can also use a Shooting menu option to change that behavior into something a bit more useful.

If you designate Slot 2 as Backup, each image is recorded on both cards. If you set it for Raw Slot 1-JPEG Slot 2 and have NEF (Raw) + JPEG set for the image quality, the NEF will be recorded on the card in Slot 1 and the JPEG in the card in Slot 2. If you have any other image quality setting, Slot 2 reverts to its default backup behavior.

Double Card Slot . Note the gray numbered push-button releases above.

That's a real boon because you can backup in camera. If you're shooting a wedding or sports event, you'll want two large UDMA-class cards in your D3 all the time.

Nikon's decision to provide two CompactFlash slots rather than a CompactFlash slot with an SD slot means there's no speed penalty using fast cards. You can populate both slots with high speed cards. Canon's decision to use an SD slot for the second card in the 1D-series limits that slot to half the speed of a CompactFlash card in the primary slot.

Firmware updates are done by copying the A and B firmware files to the root directory of a memory card. The memory card must be inserted in Slot 1 for the update to function. Slot 2 won't work.

Nikon D3 Image Buffer

The D3 can capture 9 to 11 fps in DX format and up to 9 fps in FX format when set to Continuous High Speed release mode. That's quite a few frames per second but it does have its price. It fills up the memory buffer quickly.

The Canon's competing full-frame digital SLR, the 21.1-megapixel 1Ds, for example, shoots 12 Raw or 56 large/fine JPEGs at 5 fps before its buffer fills. So you can shoot up at 5 fps for about 10 seconds if you're shooting JPEGs.

On the D3, I was able to shoot 16 large/fine JPEGs before the buffer filled, but they only spanned two seconds.

Still, this qualifies as a large buffer with room for 130 images, according to Nikon. What size or compression level the images are, the company does not specify.

Multiple Exposure

Multiple Exposure . Set the number of shots and auto gain.

Under the Shooting menu, the Multiple Exposure options lets you compose images in the camera that usually require layering in an image editor. The Nikon D3 lets you shoot up to 10 images to combine into a single file.

It also includes an option to set Auto Gain on to reduce gain in each image. If you're taking two shots, for example, gain would be set to 1/2 for each shot. If three, 1/3. If your background is dark, you can turn it off.

Once you enable the multiexposure option and optionally set the number of exposures (two is the default) and Auto Gain, you're ready to go. The release mode determines the shutter's behavior, however. If you want to compose two quite different shots, set the release mode to Single to give yourself time to recompose the second shot. But if you want to build the image with the same background, set the release mode to one of the Continuous modes. A single press of the shutter will take the whole set of shots.

The function resets itself after the full sequence.

Interval Timer

You can also set the D3 for interval shooting. It can take a set number of shots over a set period of time after a certain start time. The captured images are stored in a single file.

Street Shot . Natural color at f/7.1 and 1/800 second at ISO 200.

Nikon warns that even though you can set the interval shorter than the shutter speed, it won't work. Otherwise the maximum number of intervals is 999 multiplied by the number of shots (up to 9) for a total of 8,991 images. Intervals can be set by the hour:minute:second.

HDMI Output

In addition to the usual USB and AV connections, the Nikon D3 has an HDMI port. Connecting a standard type A HDMI cable to the camera and an HDTV, you can run your slide shows directly from the camera in high definition.

The D3 supports 480p (640x480 progressive), 576p (720x576 progressive), 720p (1,280 x 720 progressive) and 1080i (1,920 x 1,080 interlaced) formats. You an also set it to automatically select the appropriate format for your output device. In fact, Auto is the default setting for the HDMI port.

Wide Angle . One advantage of an FX sensor is being able to shoot 14mm wide-angle shots.

I tried this on a couple of HDTVs and was pleased to see my images displayed at the TV's highest resolution directly from the camera. It was a nice change to skip the intermediary of an Apple TV just to see the day's shoot. And it's also a nice change to see a large screen display instead of squinting at your monitor.

Nikon D3 Live View

Like the D300, the Nikon D3 has two ways of using Live View: hand-held and tripod. A menu option determines which is active when you move the Release mode dial to Live View. The two modes are quite different.

Hand-held is for the Hail Mary shot. You're in a crowd, holding the Nikon D3 up over your head, hoping to get the shot. With a traditional SLR, you zoom out to wide-angle to make sure you cast a wide enough net to capture your subject, aim down and press the shutter.

But with Live View in hand-held mode on the Nikon D3, you press the shutter button all the way down to raise the mirror and display the live scene on the LCD. With a very wide 170-degree angle of view on the gorgeous 3.0-inch LCD, you can hold the camera over your head and still see what's going on. In fact, if you're using 51-point 3D-tracking autofocus, the camera will track an erratically moving subject within the autofocus area.

Blossoms . Natural color at f/11 and 1/200 second at ISO 200.

To prefocus (which is really optional in Hail Mary mode), you half-press the shutter button or press the AF-On button. The mirror will flip down, the camera will focus and when you release the shutter button, and you can check focus.

Once you've said your prayers, you simply press the shutter button all the way down to take the picture. And thanks to that LCD again, you can evaluate the results instantly.

I used Live View on a D300 extensively while covering trade shows earlier this year. Working quickly on the show floor, I switched to Live View mode on demand, pressed the shutter button down before I hoisted the camera up, half-pressed to focus on the scene so I could see it sharply in the LCD, and waited for the right moment to depress the shutter button fully again. There wasn't really much shutter lag, although it wasn't as fast as Single or Continuous mode. But it did the trick. I never hesitated to use it when I needed to compose with the camera at arm's length.

Tripod mode, on the other hand, uses a different focusing method: contrast detect. So it can focus with the mirror up. While you are viewing the scene, in other words.

The big difference in tripod mode, though, is that the contrast-detect method only tells the camera the subject is out of focus. It doesn't explain by how much and in what direction, as do phase-detect AF systems. So the lens steps in or out very slowly, stopping every step of the way to re-check focus. The delay isn't too bad if the focal distance is already close to the right setting, but it can be glacial if the lens has to go very far.

You can get a head start on focusing by framing your shot in the viewfinder and pressing the AF-On button. But you press the shutter button all the way to lift the mirror and see the scene on the LCD. You can then focus with the AF-On button. As long as you hold it down, the Nikon D3 will focus using contrast detection. Press the magnifier button to see an enlargement up to 13x of the focus area (the OK button cancels it).

And you can move that focus point anywhere you want in the scene.

To take the shot, press the shutter button all the way down. The mirror will drop and the shutter will trip.

Using this mode for macro shooting, you get two benefits. You can see the actual depth of field without pressing the DOF button to stop down the lens so you can see what's in focus. And you can see what you're focusing on.

There's also a second setting in the Live View menu option for the Release mode. You can select Single, Continuous low-speed, or Continuous high-speed. With one of the continuous modes you can actually follow your subject as they move through the scene. And if you have 51-point autofocus in gear, all the better.

Sensor Cleaning

FX Sensor . The D3's CMOS FX sensor.

Unlike the D300, the Nikon D3 with its larger FX sensor does not provide an automated sensor cleaning operation. But I didn't find that particularly significant. Automated systems only shake off dust that somehow finds its way into the mirror chamber. They don't do anything about the stickier stuff that can form on the filter surface.

It's true that a camera intended for professionals is going to see a lot of lens changes, but those changes will likely be in less hazardous conditions than lower-level consumer digital SLRs might be subjected to, if only because pros tend to have another body for every lens they plan to use at an event. And sensor cleaning won't be foreign to the pro or advanced amateur. It will be routine.

But there are a couple of things to know about the Nikon D3's low-pass filter before you try to clean it.

The Nikon D3's low-pass filter has an Indium Tin Oxide coating which is optically transparent and electrically conductive, helping to dissipate static charges that attract dust.

But the ITO coating on the low-pass filter is sensitive to some cleaning chemicals, particularly the methanol used in the popular Eclipse cleaning fluid. In response, Photographic Solutions has developed E2, a cleaning fluid that is safe for ITO coatings.

Also different on the Nikon D3 is the way the low-pass filter is attached to the sensor. According to Ross Wordhouse at Dust-Aid, "Nikon is now permanently bolting the piezo electric sensor filter to the sensor housing." Using a Dust-Aid Classic cleaning pad on the D3 filter won't damage the surface of the filter itself but may dislodge the filter from its housing. Dust-Aid recommends using its lower-tack Canon cleaner tapes on the Classic pads to clean the D3.

It's worth noting that the only way to detect dust on the filter is by examining an image -- and not just any image.

To look for dust, stop down your lens to at least f/11 (f/22 is preferred) where the spots can easily be observed. At wide-open apertures, they blur significantly. Then focus at infinity while shooting at a brightly lit light background (like the daylight sky or a sheet of well-illuminated white paper) just a few inches from the lens. The dark dust spots should easily stand out.

If you're using Nikon's Capture NX, you can use the D3 to take a Dust Off Reference Photo. Use a lens with at least a 50mm focal length, focus at infinity and set the lens just four inches from the brightly lit background. Capture NX can use the reference photo to remove dust from your captures, but you should only rely on it as a last resort, repairing damaged images. It isn't a long-term solution. Only cleaning is a long-term solution.

Nikon recommends using a blower to dislodge dust from the filter. But in some cases blowers may not have sufficient force to remove what's on the sensor. Nikon recommends returning the D3 for service if the blower doesn't do the job.

That's the point most seasoned digital SLR users turn to a wet cleaning method, like the one the Imaging-Resource. com lab uses from Copper Hill, which uses the E2 cleaner. I had the Nikon D3 so long that I had more than one occasion to do a wet cleaning of the D3 and very much appreciated Copper Hill 's angled wand, explicit instructions, standard PEC Pads, appropriate solutions and the new $14 SensorView illuminated magnifier which let me see how well I'd done without putting on a lens and taking a shot.

Updating Nikon D3 Firmware

In April 2008 Nikon released firmware update 1.1.0 for the D3. The update added four features:

In the Playback menu, the Display mode option was changed, moving the Highlights option to the Detailed photo info section. Highlights adds a page to the photo info display showing highlights for all channels and the red, green, and blue channels.

Multiple Exposure . Set the number of shots and auto gain.

In the Shooting menu, a Vignette Control option was added to reduce vignetting for type G and D lenses (excluding DX, PC, AF 14mm f/2.8 ED, AF Fisheye 16mm f/2.8D, AF 20-35mm f/2.8D and AF 24-85mm f/2.8mm-4d lenses). Options include High, Normal (default), Low, and Off.

Also in the Shooting menu, the Auto ISO Sensitivity Control menu changes the Minimum Shutter Speed value from 1/250 second to 1/4,000 second.

In the Custom Settings Menu, the a6: Focus Point Illumination option now includes a Focus point illumination option to set the brightness of the focus point display. Options include Extra high, High, Normal (default), and Low.

Nikon withdrew the update on April 18 when it was discovered that a combination of settings would cause file corruption in an image. The combination of settings is:

Release mode: Continuous high speed (CH), or Continuous low speed (CL) with Custom Setting d2 set to 9 fps

Image area: FX format (36x24) or 5:4 (30x24)

Image quality: NEF (RAW) or NEF (RAW) + JPEG fine/normal/basic

NEF (RAW) recording>NEF (RAW) bit depth: 14-bit

The company did release an updated version of the firmware update at the end of April 2008. It affected only the B version of the firmware, however.

Análisis. The Nikon D3 has received a great deal of praise at a time when many other high-end products are stumbling out of the gate. My experience tells me that the D3 has earned every accolade. It is the first Nikon that can stand with its film brethren, using the Nikon system the way it was designed. I was never penalized for twisting an old piece of Nikkor glass on the D3 body. In fact, the D3 seemed to give it new life.

But it goes far beyond the film cameras, not only with its stunning capture rates but especially with the one feature everyone who has used a D3 can't avoid praising. It is simply the most responsive camera we've all ever used.

Despite its weight, it seems to disappear between the photographer and the subject, gracefully providing whatever is needed to render the scene the way it was visualized, like an assistant who knows how to get out of the way.

The Nikon D3 isn't just the flagship of the Nikon digital SLR line. It's state of the art.

New/upgraded features on the Nikon D3 compared to the D2Xs:

First Nikon DSLR to offer full-frame (36.0mm x 23.9mm) sensor

12.1 megapixel FX-format CMOS sensor (compared to 12.4 megapixel DX-format CMOS sensor)

9 fps continuous-mode speed at full resolution (up from 5.3 fps)

Up to 11 fps in 5.1MP DX crop mode (up from 8 fps in 6.9MP High-Speed crop mode)

64 JPEG / 20 RAW (12-bit) buffer size (up from 22 JPEG / 17 RAW frames)

ISO from 200 to 6,400 with extensions to 100 and up to 25,600 (up from 3,200)

51-point AF with 3D Focus Tracking, utilizing 15 cross-type and 36 line-type sensors (up from 11-points, 9 cross-type)

Fine-tune adjustment for front/back focus with memory for 20 lenses

0.70x magnification viewfinder (down from 86%, but full-frame)

3-inch, 920K pixel LCD with 170 degree viewing angle (up from 2.5-inch, 230K pixels)

Two LCD "LiveView" modes:

"Handheld" LV mode drops mirror to focus with TTL phase detection AF module

"Tripod" LV mode uses contrast detection on sensor image, allowing any point on the image sensor to be focused on

Selectable 14- or 12-bit digitization (up from 12-bit)

Scene Recognition System links 1,005 pixel RGB metering sensor and AF sensor to enhance the accuracy of auto exposure, auto white balance detection and autofocus

Picture Control System to fine-tune rendering options, with settings consistent and portable to other compatible models such as the D3

Active D-Lighting providing real-time highlight and shadow correction

Optional shooting info display on main LCD

Expanded Retouch menu

Automatic in-camera Lateral Chromatic Aberration correction

Automatically switches to DX crop mode with viewfinder mask when DX lens mounted

Parameters for up to 9 non-CPU lenses can be registered (up from one)

World's first virtual horizon level indicator displayed in viewfinder and LCD

Shutter tested to 300K actuations (up from

150K)

Self Diagnostic Shutter Monitor that ensures the accuracy and precision of the shutter at all times

HDMI high definition video out (added to composite video out)

Dual CompactFlash slots with UDMA support

Compatible with new WT-4A Wireless Transmitter capable of LiveView transmission and continuous shooting

In the Box

Efficiently packaged in the Nikon D3's rather substantial bronze box are:

Nikon D3 body

EN-EL4a Rechargeable lithium-ion battery

MH-22 Quick Charger

UC-E4 USB Cable

EG-D2 Audio Video Cable

AN-D3 Camera Strap

BF-1A Body Cap

BS-2 Accessory Shoe Cap

DK-17 Eyepiece

BL-4 Battery Chamber Cover

USB Cable Clip

Software Suite CD-ROM

Recommended Accessories

Large capacity CompactFlash memory card. But with the D3, you should consider a couple of high speed UDMA cards to take full advantage of the camera's UDMA capability, offering transfer speeds as high as 45MB/second.

SB-900 or SB-600 Speedlight Flash

WT-4a Wireless Transmitter

Type E Focusing Screen

DK-17M Magnifying Eyepiece

EH-6 AC Adapter

Capture NX 2 Software

Camera Control Pro 2 Software

Image Authentication Software

Nikon D3 Conclusion

Exceptional shutter response

12.1-megapixel FX format (23.9 x 36mm) CMOS sensor provides full frame focal lengths without taxing your existing storage system

Very fast (in fact the fastest available) burst speed of 9 fps at full FX resolution

Very fast burst speed of 11 fps at DX resolution

Excellent high ISO performance to ISO 6,400, with expansion to ISO 25,600

EXPEED image processing

12- or 14-bit RAW file captures

Excellent dynamic range, especially from RAW

3.0-inch 920,000 dot VGA LCD with 170-degree view and tempered glass protection

Auto DX crop when DX lens is mounted

Live View modes (handheld and tripod)

51-point autofocus with 15 cross-type sensors

Autofocus fine-tuning

Scene recognition system using 1,005 pixel 3D Color Matrix Metering II in auto exposure modes

Nine customizable Picture Control settings in addition to four presets

Enormous range of custom settings, very customizable

Active D-Lighting produces broader tone reproduction on the fly

Adjustable noise reduction

1/8,000 second shutter rated to 300K actuations

Fast flash x-sync speed of 1/250 second

Exposure compensation from +5.0 to -5.0 in increments of 1/2, 1/2 or 1 EV

White Balance fine tuning by Kelvin temperature

In-camera Lateral Chromatic Aberration correction

ITO-coated sensor filter to discourage a static charge

Double CompactFlash slots provide backup or extra capacity

UDMA CompactFlash support

Virtual Horizon feature

Multiple Exposure and Intervalometer functions

Voice memo

HDMI output (up to 1080i)

Built-in eye-piece shutter

GPS data recording with optional accessories

Optional Wi-Fi transmitter

Extensive in-camera retouching

Selectable RAW file compression

Compatible with just about every F-mount lens made after 1977

Rugged construction with magnesium alloy body and full environmental sealing

Very good ergonomics

Dual battery charger included

Detailed battery information

Excellent battery life

12.1-megapixels may not be sufficient for some applications

DX mode only 5-megapixels

ISO below 200 disappoints

Poor auto white balance in incandescent lighting

No automated sensor filter cleaning

Not an inconspicuous design

43.7 ounces (without a lens)

No on-demand grid display in the viewfinder

Poor access to card compartment release

Deep menu system

Image buffer a bit meager for sporting events, though Nikon offers a Buffer Memory Expansion Service

Autofocus array covers less of the frame than it does on the D300

Exposure locked in 10 fps DX mode, both exposure and autofocus locked in 11 fps DX mode

No built-in AF assist lamp

Nikon Capture NX 2 and remote control software not included

Though it has been supplanted at the top of the heap by Nikon's 24.5-megapixel D3x, the 12.1-megapixel Nikon D3 still stands strong in the area of overall full-frame image quality, especially as light levels drop. Nikon now has two professional cameras to match Canon's two: one built for speed, the other built for high resolution. The Nikon D3's superb build and intelligent interface make it an excellent tool for the professional photographer. It is responsive and easy to manipulate. Frequent users will find it easy to make the Nikon D3 serve whatever situation they encounter, bending it to their will with familiar controls and well-considered design.

Speed is indeed the best way to describe the Nikon D3: from ISO to frame rate, the D3's speed impresses. ISO ranges from 200 to 25,600, and its maximum frame rate is 11 frames per second, with all focus tracking stripped out of the way and the resolution cut down to APS-C. The Nikon D3 is an amazing machine, built to handle all kinds of photography. Until the advent of the Canon 1Ds Mark III and the Sony A900, we'd also have said, "including high resolution photography." But honestly, 12.1 megapixels is plenty to work with for almost any circumstance.

Dual CompactFlash slots mean that you'll have the capacity to shoot plenty of RAW frames and even backup on the fly when you set the camera to write to both cards simultaneously, guarding against one card's failure.

Naturally, the Nikon D3 is only for the serious photographer, as its construction and size should indicate. It's not for the casual snapshooter, so don't even consider the D3 just because it's "the best one." You'll be frustrated. Better to look at the Nikon D700, a full frame digital SLR camera that's a little more suited to the casual shooter (though just like the D300, you still have to be pretty serious about your photography to delve into one of these high quality cameras). But if you're intent on shooting a lot and getting paid for it, as more and more photographers are, the Nikon D3 is the natural choice. Indeed, I think it's the best choice as a first pro camera, because it offers the best of all worlds. High speed, high resolution, and high customizability. The D2x was great, the D3 is better. The D3x is for the one who wants high resolution, but doesn't need high speed, and it serves better as a second camera to the D3. The Nikon D3 is the bread-and-butter professional digital SLR camera, whose features stack up quite well against both of Canon's high-end digital SLRs. Add the excellent Nikkor glass that keeps rolling out of the Nikon factories, and you're looking at one sweet photographic system.

The Nikon D3 is a five-star Dave's Pick. and one hot digital SLR camera.

Open an Account with D3 Office Group

A trading account can be set up quicklyВ subject to reference checks and completion of our account application form. We areВ also conversant with the purchasing card system used by public sector andВ large corporations and also accept credit card payments. Credit accounts are mostly paid by BACS, although cheques are accepted. В Payment terms are 30 days from invoice.

To request a credit account please download and complete our credit account application form and post or fax to D3вЂІs head office in Hull along with a copy of your company letterhead.

Please click here for our Terms and Conditions (PDF Document)

If you are an existing customer and would like to be set up for online ordering at www. d3online. co. uk please call your nearest sales office. We can set up user names and passwords very quickly over the telephone or please complete the online application form.

Hull 01482 878737 / Leeds 01977 681068 We’re open Monday to Friday 9am вЂ“ 5.30pm

Registered Office: Stratsource House, Malmo Road, Sutton Fields Ind. Estate, Hull HU7 0YF - Company Reg No: 3597932 - VAT Reg. No: GB50076867

A July/2011 blog post on stalled budget negotiations in the US, came with a bar chart that placed Obama's proposed tax increases and spending cuts, alongside those recent presidents. In the chart below, maroon bars represent budget cuts (% share of total budget deal), while blue bars represent tax increases. I didn't have access to the raw data, so the chart below is based on eyeballing the values in the original bar chart. Since the chart relies on very few data points, I just hard-coded the data. (For a similar example, see my Decision 2012 page .)

This example comes from a recent Econbrowser post on income inequality in the US, from 1920-2008. The chart gives the percentage share of income ( excluding capital gains) of the Top 1% and Top 5% households. For this particular example, the underlying data set had too many observations so hard-coding wasn't a good option. I used d3 to read the data associated with the chart, from a csv file. (I have a much more polished version of this chart on my Decision 2012 page .)

From 1980-present, there is a clear upward trend in the share of income belonging to both the Top 1% and Top 5% wealthiest households.

The following example was inspired by one of Hans Rosling's Gap Minder demos. I used d3 to read the data associated with the chart from this csv file.

Horizontal Axis => Murders per 100,000 population

Vertical Axis => Burglaries per 100,000 population

Bubble Size => State Population

Bubble color ("Red states, Blue states") => Political classification of each state into Red / Blue / Purple .

Whenever possible, I like to draw charts that provide visual representations for both averages and deviations. There are several standard options available, such as boxplots, histograms, or even approximate density functions. I have found that simply drawing the middle 50% of a distribution, in addition to highlighting the median, does a pretty good job of capturing variation and average behavior. It has the added benefit of being easy to explain. the bar represents the region from the 25th to the 75th percentile, and the red LINE is the median.

Below is an example of such a chart. Data is from the Dow Jones / Credit Suisse Hedge Fund Indices, and are the statistics for the monthly (percentage) returns from Jan/2006 to Aug/2011. As you can see, it's very easy to pick out highly-volatile trading styles -- simply look at the width of the bars! For another example, see the following chart from my page on Decision 2012.

The creators of d3 provide an example a bar chart, that transitions between a stacked & grouped layout. I've already provided a separate example of a static, grouped (horizontal) bar chart. Here is an example of a static, stacked (vertical) bar chart, with accompanying legend and title.

Over the most recent quarter, combined revenue from iPhones and iPads exceeded $19 Billion! iPod revenues are relatively smaller, although there is a noticeable spike during the Christmas Holidays (Q1 of Apple's fiscal year).

A graphic that's common in financial/business publications, is the annotated stacked bar chart. Below is a recent example I found in the Atlantic blog of James Fallows. The chart is actually from a NY Times editorial on the size of the U. S. budget deficit. . under Mr. Bush, tax cuts and war spending were the biggest policy drivers of the swing from projected surpluses to deficits from 2002 to 2009. Budget estimates that didn't foresee the recessions in 2001 and in 2008 and 2009 also contributed to deficits. Mr. Obama's policies, taken out to 2017, add to deficits, but not by nearly as much. In my d3 rendition of the graphic, I didn't quite capture all the subtle features: for example I didn't actually format font elements in different sections, as the NY Times did. But I was surprised how quickly one can create "magazine-style" graphics like this in d3. (I have a similar graphic -- on the Buffett Tax Rule -- on my Decision 2012 page .)

This example was inspired by a April/2011 infographic from the Economist. I don't usually use this type of chart to represent inequality or concentration. But seeing the markers displayed along with the Gini Coefficients of the corresponding counties, piqued my interest. The smaller the distance between the markers (which usually corresponds to a lower share of the top 20%), the lower the Gini Coefficient.

In my d3 rendition, I didn't use the blue background used by the Economist, and I also didn't stylize the font elements. (For another example of a Dot Plot, see my Decision 2012 page .)

From the time I started using S/S-Plus, I found myself relying on Trellis displays. the use of common axes to display relationships & distributions, conditional on values of other variables. I find this graphical style useful in exploring data sets with many variables and observations. Luckily Trellis graphs are very easy to create in R, and other statistics packages. This next example is an attempt to render something similar in d3.

Below is what histograms of a variable look like for three distinct values of the country variable (these conditional distributions use fake data). For "special effects", I added a transition element, which you see in action if you reload the page by clicking on the reload button below:

I took the treemap example that comes with d3, and I fed it different data and tweaked the colors and labels. In the example below, the size and color of the squares are as follows:

Electoral Votes . Size (number of electoral college votes ), Color (year-over-year change in unemployment rate from Jun/2010 to Jun/2011; green corresponds to an improvement/decrease, red corresponds to a worsening/increase)

Population . Size (state population), Color (current classification as a Red / Blue / Purple state ) You'll notice that relative to their population size, smaller states have a larger share of electoral votes. (Use the buttons below to toggle back and forth between the two "views".)

Electoral Votes Population

In this example I wanted to create charts common in finance and economics. In finance, many time-series charts display related series -- such as a stock price chart, with trading volume underneath. Economists like to display time-series charts with some temporal regions higlighted, such as periods when an economy is in recession.

In the chart below, I tried to do both. The data set was big enough, that in order to get a bar chart "effect" for the bottom graph, I only drew bars twice a year (otherwise the bars would be too thin or appear as an area chart).

I highlighted the two terms of Reagan and Clinton, as well as the 4-month period prior to November of their re-election years. Notice that under Reagan unemployment surged close to 11%, but by the time he ran for re-election, unemployment was falling and hovered around 7.5%. Under Clinton unemployment trended down, and during his re-election campaign it was around 5.2%. I also higlighted the period during the re-election campaigns of Bush I & II. Clinton's predecessor (Bush I) ran at a time when unemployment had just peaked. In contrast Bush II ran for re-election when unemployment was around 5.5%.

If recent trends continue, Obama's re-election prospects look good.

I'm developing this as a standalone page, please click here. I created another geographic heat map, this time at the state level.

In this example, I attempt a smooth transition between two charts (in this case, two scatterplots). As you toggle between the two buttons, two different data sets get drawn. As an alternative to a trellis-style presentation. I sometimes use this form of animation to highlight differences between data sets. (I have a similar chart on my Decision 2012 page .)

Chart I Chart II

The matrix chart is especially popular among management consultants. I'm not a big user, but when I do use matrix charts, I try to highlight statistically interesting regions. I have an example in a page dedicated to charts for Decision 2012.

Memorandum D3-6-6

In Brief

This memorandum has been revised to:

(a) Include pre-arrival. arrival, and post arrival eManifest processes, cancelling Memorandum D12-4-1;

(b) В Include in-transit processes, cancelling Memorandum D3-6-7

(d) Denote the Division and Branch names current appellations

This memorandum outlines and explains specific Canada Border Services AgencyвЂ™s (CBSA) requirements and procedures for reporting and controlling cargo imported into Canada by rail carriers.

Memorandum D3-1-1, Policy Respecting the Importation and Transportation of Goods . should be referred to for the general CBSA requirements and administrative policies that apply to all modes of transport. For guidance in regards to the Customs Self-Assessment (CSA) Program guidelines and procedures, please refer to Memorandum D3-1-7, Customs Self Assessment Program for Carriers . For information about the reporting and transportation of goods being exported from Canada refer to Memorandum D3-1-8, Cargo вЂ“ Export Movements . For information on the release of commercial goods, please refer to Memorandum D17-1-4, Release of Commercial Goods . OGD requirements can be found throughout the D Memoranda series.

Tabla de contenido

Guidelines and General Information

Definiciones

1. The following definitions apply to this memorandum:

ACI Advance Commercial Information AMPS Administrative Monetary Penalty System Ancillary equipment Any equipment which enhances the safety, security, containment and preservation of goods carried in vehicles falling within the terms of tariff item 9801.10.10. Ancillary equipment can be imported pursuant to tariff item 9801.10.20 without documentation in accordance with the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations . when it is used in international service. A dolly or device used to link trailers would be considered ancillary equipment. Buffer car A rail car that can be either empty or loaded with a non-hazardous inert material, that makes up a section of train for the protection of the train crew from hazardous or combustible materials and the materials themselves, from sources of ignition. CACM Conveyance Arrival Certification Message Cargo A term used to describe a collection of goods or shipment. It consists of a grouping of related goods. The cargo is detailed on the waybill, the manifest or a Cargo Control Document. Cargo Control Document (CCD) A manifest or other control document that acts as the record of a shipment entering or exiting Canada e. g. A8A. Cargo Control Number (CCN) The Cargo Control Number is a number assigned to a transport document. It uniquely identifies cargo detailed on a cargo submission. The Cargo Control Number consists of the Carrier code followed by a unique reference number assigned by the Carrier/Representative and cannot contain spaces. 1st 4 characters = CBSA approved carrier code. Carrier For the purpose of assessing carrier code eligibility, the CBSA defines a carrier as the entity operating a conveyance transporting specified goods to Canada. To operate a conveyance means to have legal custody and control of the conveyance as:

(a) an owner;

(b) a lessee under a lease or agreement of hire;

(d) as a purchaser under a conditional sale or hire purchase agreement that reserves to the vendor the title to the conveyance until the purchase price is paid or certain conditions are performed; o

(e) a mortgagor.

Carrier code As stated in the Customs Act . means the unique identification number issued by the Minister either under subsection 12.1(4) or before the coming into force of that subsection. Client Anyone who:

(a) sends to the CBSA a collection of information; o

(b) receives notices from the CBSA

Commercial goods goods that are or will be imported for sale or for any commercial, industrial, occupational, institutional or other similar use Consignee The definition of consignee is to be understood as follow given the applicable context:

(a) The consignee definition to be used by carriers when transmitting electronic ACI/eManifest data: The name and address of the party to which the cargo/goods are being shipped to as shown on carrier’s contract of carriage (for example: bill of lading, air waybill or other shipping document).

(b) The consignee definition used with respect to freight forwarders who are providing the CBSA with detailed information pertaining to a consolidated shipment will be: The name and address of the party to which the cargo/goods are being “shipped to” as shown on carrier’s contract of carriage (for example: bill of lading, air waybill, or other shipping document).

(c) The consignee definition used with respect to freight forwarders who are providing the CBSA with detailed information pertaining to a deconsolidated shipment will be: The name and address of the party to which the goods are being “shipped to” as shown on the commercial sales contract (for example: commercial invoice, bill of sale, or other sales contract).

Consolidation A number of separate shipments grouped together by a consolidator or freight forwarder and shipped to an agent or a freight forwarder as one shipment under one bill of lading and reported to Customs on one cargo control document. Conveyance Taken from Customs Act . 2(1). Any vehicle, aircraft or water-borne craft or any other contrivance that is used to move persons or goods. Conveyance operating carrier The carrier company operating the conveyance transporting goods to Canada. This is true whether the carrier company owns the conveyance outright, leases the conveyance, or whether any type of security interest is registered on the conveyance. Conveyance Reference Number (CRN) A unique reference number given by the carrier to a certain journey or departure of a means of transport. The first 4 characters must be the carrier code and the remaining characters equal the carrier-assigned conveyance reference number and cannot contain spaces. Note: the conveyance reference number cannot be greater than a max of 25 characters. Conveyance transmission A conveyance transmission is the package of conveyance data that is transmitted. It is comprised of the conveyance reference number (CRN) along with the corresponding conveyance data, as well as a cargo control number for each shipment on the conveyance Courier Low Value Shipment (CLVS ) LVS goods being imported under the courier LVS program by an approved courier. Courier LVS goods are exempt from the eManifest process. CSA Customs Self-Assessment ECCRD Electronic Commerce Client Requirements Document EDI Electronic Data Interchange - CBSAвЂ™s Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) systems allow clients to electronically transmit their import or export data, as well as their accounting documents, to the CBSA. These systems facilitate the CBSAвЂ™s ability to quickly process low-risk goods, focusing resources on identifying potential threats to CanadaвЂ™s safety and security. EDI is a set of standards for structuring information to be electronically exchanged between and within businesses, organizations, government entities and other groups. These standards prescribe the formats, character sets, and data elements used in the exchange of business documents and forms. The term EDI is also used to refer to the implementation and operation of systems and processes for creating, transmitting, and receiving EDI documents. FPOA First Canadian Port of Arrival FPOI First Point of Intervention - indicates the first stop in Canada where the CBSA has the opportunity to board the rail conveyance, question crew, and/or exam cargo. Freight forwarder A person who, on behalf of one or more owners, importers, shippers or consignees of goods, causes specified goods to be transported by one or more carriers. Hand-carried goods Goods that will be released after they have been accounted for and all duties with respect to them have been paid under subsection 32(1) of the Act if

(a) the goods are or will be in the actual possession of a person arriving in Canada; o

(b) the goods form or will form part of a person’s baggage and the person and the baggage arrive or will arrive in Canada on board the same conveyance.

HVS High Value Shipment Instruments of International Trade (IIT) Empty shipper or importer owned containers and also those registered under Ottawa file or with container bank numbers, which are used to transport commercial goods to and from Canada. For example: shipping tanks, pallets, baskets, bins, boxes, cartons, crates, gaylords, load lock/spacers, racks, trays, totes or similar goods used to ship goods internationally. In-transit The movement of goods from a point in the United States to another point in the United States through Canada, as well as the movement of goods from a point in Canada to another point in Canada through the United States. LVS - Low Value Shipment Commercial goods with a value for duty not exceeding CAD $2,500. LVS goods are not exempt from the eManifest process. See вЂњCourier LVS вЂќ definition is this section. Multi-modal movement A cargo documented on a transport document (e. g. air waybill, bill of lading) used for a specific mode of transportation, but arrives in Canada using a different mode of transport. OGD Other Government Department. Federal Departments or Agencies such as: Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) or Department of Foreign Affairs, Trade and Development Canada (DFATDC) etc. PARS Pre-Arrival Review System - A line release option allowing importers and brokers to present release documents prior to the arrival of a shipment in order to obtain release upon arrival. Port of report The port where rail cargo physically crosses into Canada at the FPOA. The port of arrival of all cargo on board a conveyance should match the port of report. Pre-arrival Prior to a conveyance or cargo arriving in Canada. Pre-arrival information Data pertaining to the importation of goods that is sent to CBSA in advance of the actual arrival. Record Any material on which data are recorded or marked and which is capable of being read or understood by a person or a computer system or other device. Release Notification System (RNS) A system message sent to the client regarding the status of cargo. Re-manifest is a new cargo control document, with a new cargo control number, that is presented to change a cargo control document that had previously been submitted to the CBSA. Re-manifests are generally presented to change destination office or carrier code. Shipment

(a) A shipment for which a carrier is responsible is one that consists of:

(ii) a specified good that is an empty cargo container that is not for sale that is transported by the carrier but that is not listed in a bill of lading, waybill or other similar document; y

Specified goods (under the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations ) вЂ“ Commercial goods, goods that are or will be imported to Canada for a fee and empty cargo containers that are not for sale but does not include:

(a) goods that will be released after they have been accounted for and all duties with respect to them have been paid under subsection 32(1) of the Act if

(i) the goods are or will be in the actual possession of a person arriving in Canada, or

(ii) the goods form or will form part of a personвЂ™s baggage and the person and the baggage arrive or will arrive in Canada on board the same conveyance,

(b) mail,

(d) a military conveyance within the meaning of subsection 18(1) of the Canadian Transportation Accident Investigation and Safety Board Act or goods that are transported on board that conveyance,

(e) an emergency conveyance or goods that are transported on board that conveyance, or

(f) a conveyance that returns to Canada immediately after being denied entry to the United States or goods that are transported on board that conveyance.

Transiting The movement of foreign goods through Canadian territory from a point outside Canada to another foreign point. WACM Warehouse Arrival Certification Message

Información general

2.В The Customs Act . the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations and the Transportation of Goods Regulations . establish the time, manner and who is required to send pre-arrival data pertaining to commercial cargo (for import or in-transit ) and conveyances entering or moving in-transit through Canada. These documents also establish the report, time of report, manner of report and who reports goods entering or moving in-transit through Canada.

3.В The receipt of pre-arrival cargo and conveyance data enables the CBSA to:

(a) More effectively manage higher risk goods and identify threats to health, safety, and security prior to the arrival of cargo and conveyances in Canada;

(b) Allow lower risk goods a more efficient, stream-lined process at the border; y,

4.В Except as otherwise prescribed in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations and the Transportation of Goods Regulations . all goods that are imported or moving in-transit through Canada must be reported to the CBSA at the first port of arrival (FPOA)in Canada, even when exempt from the requirement to provide advance electronic information. The requirement to report goods to the CBSA is effected electronically, orally or in writing, in the prescribed manner as described in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations .

5.В FPOI indicates the first stop in Canada where the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) has the opportunity to board the rail conveyance, question crew, and/or exam cargo.

Security Requirements

6.В A carrier or Canadian freight forwarder desiring to become bonded under general authorization must complete an application and file security in a format as outlined in forms found on the CBSA Web site .

7. To become a bonded carrier or freight forwarder security must be filed in accordance with Memorandum D3-1-1 , Policy Respecting the Importation and Transportation of Goods .

Carrier Obligations

8. All carriers transporting specified goods into Canada must electronically transmit to the CBSA specified data pertaining to the cargo and conveyance within the prescribed timeframes as described in the Reporting of Imported of Goods Regulations . Provision of this data within prescribed timeframes satisfies the requirement set out in Section 12.1 of the Customs Act .

9.В Transmission of electronic pre-arrival conveyance/cargo data does not constitute “reporting” for the purposes of Section 12(1) of the Customs Act . Report, as defined in Section 12(1) is not achieved until the operator or of the rail conveyance transmits an electronic arrival message once the conveyance crosses the international boundary between Canada and the United States. The CBSA will accept this electronic arrival message no sooner than 30 minutes prior to the arrival at the Canadian Border.

10. When the conveyance arrives at FPOA and the status is updated to “reported”, the CBSA will send a notification to the carrier who is the operator of the conveyance, as identified by the CBSA carrier code on the conveyance report detailing the Cargo Control Numbers (CCNs) of the related cargo transmissions that are deemed to have been reported as per Section 12(1) of the Customs Act . This message will serve as the carrier’s “proof of report”.

11. A Conveyance Arrival Certification Message (CACM) must also be received and can occur within a 30 minute window for electronic arrivals allowing rail carriers to send in their request for an arrival up to 30 minutes in advance of their actual arrival at the Canadian border.

12. As per Section 7.1 of the Customs Act . carriers are liable to ensure all information provided to the CBSA. including pre-arrival information is true, accurate, and complete. Furthermore, as per Section 22 of the Customs Act and Section 7 of the Transportation of Goods Regulations . the information transmitted must be supported by source documentation (i. e. bills of lading, invoices, contract of carriage) and made available to the CBSA upon request.

13. As per the Reporting of Imported of Goods Regulations . the conveyance operating carrier that transports specified goods to Canada is solely liable for providing all cargo and conveyance pre-arrival information by electronic means, in accordance with the technical requirements, specifications and procedures that are set out in Chapter 3: ACI/eManifest Electronic Commerce Client Requirements Document (ECCRD).

14. The conveyance operating carrier is ultimately responsible for the conveyance and the cargo on board. It is their carrier code that must be quoted in the conveyance reference number (CRN) when transmitting conveyance data to the CBSA. Where business arrangements exist, another carrier may provide the pre-arrival data to the CBSA ; however, it is the conveyance operating carrier that remains liable for pre-arrival cargo and conveyance information requirements in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Customs Act .

15. The carrier whose carrier code is on the cargo transmission is liable for duties and taxes for the goods until released by the CBSA. or until liability is transferred in accordance with Section 20(2) of the Customs Act .

16.В Carriers may hire a service provider or agent to transmit advance cargo and/or conveyance data on their behalf. The carrier code on the electronic transmission must be that of the actual carrier, not the agent or service providers. In order for the CBSA to communicate with the agent or service provider on behalf of the carrier, a third party consent must be completed and on file with the Agency .

Carrier Identification Requirement

17. Any carrier transporting or causing specified goods to be transported into Canada must have a CBSA assigned carrier code.

18. The CBSA carrier code forms the prefix of the CCN and the CRN .

19. For the purpose of identifying carriers and freight forwarders, a bonded or non-bonded CBSA carrier code will be assigned to a company upon authorization. This carrier code number must be shown on all cargo control documents presented or transmitted to the CBSA .

20. CRN вЂ™s must have the CBSA assigned carrier code of the legal entity (carrier) physically arriving at the border.

21. For information pertaining to carrier code requirements and how to obtain a carrier code, please refer to Memorandum D3-1-1, Policy Respecting the Importation and Transportation of Goods .

Supervisión

22. In addition to all other monitoring and verification activities, the CBSA will perform periodic monitoring of the records kept by carriers related to electronic conveyance and cargo information. The monitoring will confirm whether the conveyance and cargo data was submitted in a timely manner and that information transmitted pre-arrival is true, accurate and complete and corresponds to the information contained on the source documents on file. This includes the use of вЂњexception/exemptionвЂќ codes.

Cargo Reporting and Control Procedures

23. The cargo report must be electronically transmitted to the CBSA by the carrier, or a service provider authorized by that carrier to transmit on their behalf, within the prescribed timeframes as outlined in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations . A rail cargo report is mandatory for all non-exempt import cargo.

24. Before or upon arrival of the goods in Canada, the rail carrier transmits by EDI. form A1 Train Report Inward, identifying shipments for which CBSA have received and accepted cargo details. Rail crew must also report to CBSA .

25. When the in bond freight arrives at its final destination (rail sufferance yard), the warehouse operator will transmit the warehouse arrival certification message (WACM) to CBSA. Information on WACM and other notifications can be found in Chapter 11: Advance Commercial Information (ACI)/eManifest Notices Electronic Commerce Client Requirements Document (ECCRD).

26. Shipments that cannot enter Canada due to CBSA prohibitions or the regulations of other government departments, such as the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA). must be returned immediately to the United States under CBSA control.

27. If CBSA is releasing the goods from a railway-operated sufferance warehouse, the release notification message (RNS) or manifest forward notice will be the agentвЂ™s authority to release the shipment to the consignee.

28. An authorization is not required if the importer holds a license for a type PS (private railway siding) rail sufferance warehouse for full carload lot shipments. In such cases, the carrier can deliver the car and its load directly to the consigneeвЂ™s premises. It is the consigneeвЂ™s responsibility to ensure that the seals are not broken and that the goods have not been removed before CBSA has authorized its release.

29. When CBSA authorizes the release, CBSA will transmit an electronic release message to the rail carrier authorizing the release of the goods.

Cargo Control Number and Conveyance Reference Number Reuse Timeframes

30. Rail CCN вЂ™s and CRN вЂ™s must be unique and cannot be reused for 3-years starting January 1st of the year following its initial use.

Electronic Communication With the CBSA

31. Carriers must transmit data using the CBSA ’s electronic data interchange (EDI) systems. Before initiating the application process (outlined below), carriers must have a valid CBSA assigned carrier code as per Section 12.1 of the Customs Act .

Application to Transmit Electronic Data to the CBSA

32.В Carriers using EDI are required to complete an application form and submit it to the Technical Commercial Client Unit (TCCU).

33. EDI clients may choose to transmit their own data to the CBSA or they may choose to use a service provider. More information can be found on how to participate in EDI. methods of electronic communication, obtaining a copy of Chapter 3: ACI/eManfest Rail ECCRD and general information on EDI .

34. For all enquiries related to any problems with electronic transmission of data and the related application process, contact the TCCU at:

Technical Commercial Client Unit Canada Border Services Agency 355 North River Road, 6th floor, Tower B Ottawa ON K1A 0L8

Email: tccu-ustcc@cbsa-asfc. gc. ca Phone: 1-888-957-7224 (Option 1) calls within Canada and the U. S. and 1-613-946-0762 for overseas callers.

Transmitting Accurate Data

35. When using the Pre-Arrival Review System (PARS), the electronically transmitted CCN on the cargo data must exactly match the CCN quoted in the PARS release request, inclusive of the acronym вЂњPARS вЂќ, where applicable.

36.В It is not a requirement to embed the letters вЂњPARS вЂќ into a PARS number, but if a carrier does embed letters into the PARS number, then the carrier must use the identical number in their pre-arrival cargo transmission.

37. If the CCN quoted in the PARS release does not exactly match the electronically transmitted cargo data, this will affect the Release Notification System (RNS) capabilities and subscribers will not receive RNS messages. Inaccurate CCN transmissions by carriers could result in sanctions for non-compliance including the issuing of AMPS. Release may also be negatively affected.

Pre-arrival Data Transmission Guidelines

Cargo Data

38. The cargo report must be electronically transmitted to the CBSA by the carrier, or a service provider authorized by that carrier to transmit on their behalf, within the prescribed timeframes as outlined in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations . A rail cargo report is mandatory for all non-exempt import cargo.

39. All cargo data must be accepted by the system and on file in order to be subsequently linked to a conveyance. If a conveyance is transmitted quoting a CCN that is either not on file or in reject status, the conveyance transmission will be rejected.

40. Electronic rail cargo data may be transmitted up to 90 days before arrival. If the cargo is not to be used, the carrier should transmit a delete for that cargo transmission data.

41. Electronic cargo submissions must be transmitted with an applicable movement type/service option, as found in Chapter 3: ACI/eManifest Rail ECCRD .

42. A sub-location code is mandatory for in bond shipments and optional for shipments requesting release at FPOA. This option is available to provide a secondary (inland) port of release should the shipment not be able to obtain release at the border (i. e. failed PARS ) and the goods qualify for in bond movement.

43. A complete list of the information that a rail carrier must include in the cargo transmission can be found in Chapter 3: ACI/eManifest Rail ECCRD .

Multi-modal Movements

44. The multi-modal cargo process applies to both highway and rail modes of transport. The owner or person in charge of the conveyance will link the cargo to the conveyance transmission.

45. A multi-modal movement is a cargo documented on a transport document used for a specific mode of transportation, but arrives in Canada using a different mode of transport. The cargo carrier will be required to electronically transmit the multi-modal cargo within the prescribed timeframes specific to transportation mode used to physically transport the goods in Canada.

46. For example, highway cargo is loaded onto a rail car for transport into Canada. The carrier will transmit a multi-modal cargo submission. The conveyance operating carrier will transmit a rail conveyance report and link the multi-modal cargo to the rail conveyance. The multi-modal cargo and the rail conveyance data must be received by the CBSA within the rail transmission time frames.

Conveyance Data

47. The conveyance operating carrier or a service provider authorized by that carrier must prepare and transmit an electronic transmission to the CBSA with the required conveyance data within the timeframes as specified in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations .

48. All cargo data must be accepted by the system and on file in order to be subsequently linked to a conveyance. If a conveyance is transmitted quoting a CCN that is either not on file or in reject status, the conveyance transmission will be rejected.

49. Electronic pre-arrival conveyance data may be transmitted up to 90 days before arrival.

50. For an empty conveyance, an empty indicator must be utilized to indicate a conveyance with no cargo.

51. A complete list of the information that must be included in the conveyance data can be found in Chapter 3: ACI/eManifest Rail ECCRD .

Transmission Timeframes

52. Carriers (or an authorized third-party provider acting on the carrier’s behalf), are required to prepare and transmit the required cargo and conveyance information within the timeframes specified in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations .

53. In the rail mode, the conveyance and cargo information for specified goods must be received and validated by the CBSA. as outlined in the Reporting of Importing Goods Regulations . at least two hours prior to the conveyance arriving at the FPOA .

54. For exemptions from cargo data requirements please refer to Chapter 3: ACI/eManifest Rail ECCRD .

55. Properly formatted messages received less than two hours prior to the transmitted estimated time of arrival will be accepted by the system, but the client will also be warned via error message of вЂњinsufficient review timeвЂќ, and penalties may be applicable.

56. Cargo and conveyance data may be transmitted up to 90 days in advance. The CBSA encourages clients to transmit pre-arrival data as early as possible.

Company Seals Applied Prior to Arrival at FPOA

57. If a railcar or part thereof that contains in bond goods is sealed with a company seal, the seal number must be noted correctly on the pre-arrival conveyance transmission. The company seal will remain intact, unless the CBSA performs an examination.

Conveyance Arrival Certification Message (CACM)

58. To meet the reporting requirements under section 12(1) of the Customs Act . the conveyance operating carrier must transmit an EDI CACM upon arrival at the FPOA .

59. The CACM is required in addition to the cargo and conveyance Advance Commercial Information (ACI) previously transmitted according to the prescribed timeframes as described in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations .

60. The conveyance operating carrier, or a service provider authorized by that carrier to transmit on their behalf, prepares and transmits a CACM to the CBSA through EDI .

61. An arrival in the rail mode is defined as when the rail conveyance has physically arrived in Canada. The CACM must be transmitted and received within a 30 minute window, allowing rail carriers to transmit their arrival request up to 30 minutes in advance of their actual arrival at the Canadian border.

62. Upon receipt, validation and acceptance of the CACM. the CBSA system updates the status of the conveyance and related cargo, and acknowledges the arrival of the conveyance with a Section 12(1) “Reported Notice” to the originator of the arrival message. This notice indicates the carrier operating the conveyance (as identified by the CBSA carrier code transmitted within the conveyance report) has met their obligation to report under Section 12(1) of the Customs Act for the conveyance and all shipments detailed on cargo documents that are linked to that conveyance. The CACM will generate any release (for shipments requesting FPOA release) or referral notification messages accordingly. Please refer to the Advance Commercial Information (ACI)/eManifest Non-Highway Conveyance Arrival Certification Message Implementation Guide (found in Chapter 3: ACI/eManifest Rail ) for more information.

63. All Section 12(1) “Reported Notices” sent to the carrier must be kept on file and made available to the CBSA when requested during compliance monitoring, supported by the requirements in the Transportation of Goods Regulations .

64. For a complete list of the information that must be included in the Conveyance Arrival Certification Message, please refer to the Advance Commercial Information (ACI)/eManifest Non-highway Conveyance Arrival Certification Message Implementation Guide. For a copy of this guide, please contact the Technical Commercial Client Unit .

In-transit and Transiting Shipments

Conveyance Report вЂ“ Transiting Through Canada From/to a Foreign Point

65. Rail carriers are responsible for reporting cargo transiting through Canada to the CBSA at the FPOA and the point of exit by using the Electronic Data Interchange (EDI). Form A5, Train Report Outward will be used to report the conveyance at point of exit. Alternatively, CBSA will accept the carrierвЂ™s internal train consist sheet for paper in-transit .

Cargo Reporting and Control Procedures for U. S. Goods In-transit Through Canada (U. S. вЂ“ Canada вЂ“ U. S. )

66. EDI rail carriers no longer have to use Form BSF708, Rail In Transit Manifest to report freight shipments in-transit through Canada (U. S. вЂ“ Canada вЂ“ US ) or the United States (Canada вЂ“ U. S. вЂ“ Canada). Instead, the rail carrier has the option of transmitting eManifest pre-arrival cargo data. If electronic cargo is being transmitted, rail carriers are reminded to not use the in-transit cargo exception code on the conveyance report, and to notate “in transit” in the special instructions field of the cargo transmission.

Note: This is an interim procedure until an electronic in-transit cargo process is available

67. Form A5 Train Report Outward is to be presented upon exit from Canada. Carriers must export loaded cars at the point of exit with the seals intact. If the seals are broken, the cars must go to the local rail examination facility where a border officer may do a physical check of the contents against relative waybills. Upon approval, the cars will be released to return to the United States.

Note: If the border officer takes note of shortages in a car, the carrier must pay duties and taxes on all missing shipments.

68. Carriers cannot divert in-transit cars to Canadian destinations. If the carrier does divert the in-transit cars or hold the cargo for disposal in Canada, a border officer will detain the cars immediately and report the particulars to the Transport Compliance Unit .

69. Carriers can export in-transit cars at any CBSA office where railways cross the international border. The CBSA will allow a route change from one point of exit to another. This is not considered as a diversion for CBSA purposes

Procedures for Canadian Goods In-transit Through the United States (Canada вЂ“ U. S. вЂ“ Canada)

70. The paper A5, Train Report Outward is required to be presented upon exit from Canada for the first leg of the in-transit cargo move. Upon re-entry. rail carriers are required to transmit Canadian origin cargo as an import to Canada. Rail carriers are asked to include the text вЂњin-transit Canadian origin goodsвЂќ in the special instructions field of the cargo transmission.

Note: This is an interim procedure until an electronic in-transit cargo process is available

Interline Transfers

71. Rail carriers may transfer in-bond goods to a secondary bonded carrier for export under the original carrierвЂ™s cargo control document (CCD), provided that the final destination is indicated on the original CCD .

72. The transferring carrier will maintain full liability for the goods and will be absolved of liability to the CBSA once the goods have been acquitted by the conveyance operator upon export by reporting the CCN on the form A5, Outward Report.

eManifest Exemptions

73. This section will outline circumstances in which pre-arrival cargo data is not required under Section 12.1 of the Customs Act . A complete list is found in Chapter 3: ACI/eManifest Rail ECCRD .

74. Should clients choose to transmit data for any of the listed exemptions and/or exceptions they must do so within the timeframes specified in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations . A complete list of the information that a carrier must include in the conveyance and cargo transmissions can be found in Chapter 4: ACI/eManifest Highway ECCRD .

Note: The CBSA will perform periodic monitoring of the records kept by carriers related to electronic cargo information, as identified in paragraph 22 in this memorandum. This will include information that may be transmitted, should clients choose to do so, for goods that otherwise fall under cargo exemption.

Exceptions From Cargo Data вЂ“ Only Conveyance Data Required

75. The following are exempt from cargo data where only conveyance data is required:

(a) Goods that are being imported into Canada under the Courier Low Value Shipment (LVS) Program by an approved courier under the CBSA Courier LVS Program.

(b) В HVS /LVS mixed loads (cargo required for HVS ) Note . Low value shipments not imported under the LVS Program require cargo and conveyance advance data.

(c) Instruments of International Trade (IIT) вЂ“ empty shipper or importer owned containers and also those registered under Ottawa file or with container bank numbers, which are used to transport commercial goods to and from Canada. For example: shipping tanks, pallets, baskets, bins, boxes, cartons, crates, gaylords, load lock/spacers, racks, trays, totes or similar goods used to ship goods internationally.

(d) Mail (Canada Post, US Mail, International) вЂ“ as part of a mixed load.

(e) Emergency Repairs вЂ“ includes conveyances that have been repaired outside Canada as a result of an unforeseen contingency that occurred outside Canada; and the repairs were necessary to ensure the safe return to Canada of the conveyance.

(f) Domestic In-transit Movements Train With Partial In-transit Shipments вЂ“ interim period (an electronic in-transit process is under development, and will be available in a future iteration).

(g) Dunnage вЂ“ Packaging material such as boards, blocks, planks, metal or plastic bracing, used in supporting and securing packages for shipping and handling.

(h) Loaded Buffer Cars вЂ“ used for the protection of the train crew from hazardous or combustible materials and the materials themselves, from sources of ignition.

(i) Empty Conveyances вЂ“ conveyance transmission requires an indicator identifying the conveyance as being empty.

76. Report on arrival requirements under Section 12(1) of the Customs Act . for all of the above exemptions are outlined in paragraph 10 of this memorandum.

Unique Shipment Processes

77. The following are not exempt from pre-arrival data; however the reporting and or pre-arrival requirements differ in some manner.

Goods Found Astray (Misrouted Goods)

78. Carriers must transmit pre-arrival cargo data for all goods being transported to Canada, including Canadian goods found astray outside Canada, unless there is an exception.

79.Foreign goods found astray in Canada must be electronically transmitted post arrival as soon as they are discovered by the carrier. The goods may then be exported in accordance with the Reporting of Exported Goods Regulations and as outlined in Memorandum D3-1-8. Cargo вЂ“ Export Movements .

Overages

80. Any excess in the number of pieces transmitted in the same shipment and found by the carrier post arrival are considered overages. Carriers are required to report any overages to the CBSA as soon as they are discovered by transmitting an amendment to the cargo transmission. An overage only occurs where pre-arrival data was transmitted and a quantity of goods was initially reported upon arrival at FPOA. and subsequently the number of pieces is found, by the carrier, to exceed the number of pieces reported to the CBSA pre-arrival and upon arrival. If no data was transmitted pre-arrival and no report occurred, and the goods are discovered post arrival, this constitutes non-report. not an overage, and may be subject to penalty action.

Shortages

81. A shortage occurs only where pre-arrival data was transmitted and a quantity of goods was initially reported upon arrival at FPOA. and subsequently the number of pieces found, by the carrier, is less than the number of pieces reported to the CBSA pre-arrival and upon arrival. Carriers are required to report any shortages to the CBSA as soon as they are discovered by transmitting an amendment to the original cargo transmission.

Failure to Submit Pre-arrival Information

82. The CBSA requires complete information pertaining to all specified goods arriving in Canada. Where no pre-arrival information was transmitted and no other exception exists, the carrier must transmit a cargo report as soon as it is discovered. Should the CBSA discover goods for which no pre-arrival data was transmitted, and for which no report was made to CBSA. sanctions may be issued to the carrier for failure to provide advance information.

83. When the conveyance is known, the CRN must also be amended to add this post arrival cargo.

84. Post arrival cargo that is not attached to a related CRN will be presented to the nearest CBSA office to have the status electronically updated to вЂњarrivedвЂќ. This must be done to enable release of the goods.

Non-resident Importer

85. For shipments being delivered to Canada where the consignee is a non-resident importer, the foreign name and address of the consignee will be accepted in the consignee name and address fields in the cargo transmission.

86. The Canadian party to whom the cargo is being delivered to must be provided in the delivery party name and address fields. The delivery party name and address may be a warehouse, rail yard, etc. if that is where the carrierвЂ™s contract of carriage ends.

Transmitting вЂњTo OrderвЂќ Shipments

87. In acknowledgment of common business practices the CBSA will accept вЂњTo OrderвЂќ; вЂњTo Order of ShipperвЂќ; or вЂњTo Order of BankвЂќ; or вЂњOther Named EntityвЂќ in the consignee field provided the name and address of the owner or ownerвЂ™s representative is transmitted as a notify party. To help clarify, the following examples illustrate the CBSA вЂ™s requirements:

Example 1 . “To Order” and “To Order of Shipper” The CBSA will accept “To Order” and “To Order of Shipper” in the consignee name field. The address information, city name, and country are mandatory fields for the consignee and ideally the Shipper’s coordinates would be repeated. However, the CBSA will accept terms such as “Same as Shipper”; “See Above”; etc. in the address information field and city name. The name and address of the owner or owner’s representative would be provided in the “Notify Party” fields. The delivery address, if different, would be transmitted in the “Delivery Address” fields.

\ Vskip1.000000 \ baselineskip Ejemplo 2 “To Order of Bank or Other Named Entity” The name of the bank or the named entity must be transmitted in the consignee name field. Again, because the address information, city name, and country are mandatory fields, the complete address of the bank, or other named entity, must be transmitted in the consignee name and address fields. The name and address of the party taking receipt of the goods in Canada must be transmitted in the “Notify Party” fields. The delivery address, if different, from the address provided in the “Notify Party” fields must be transmitted in the “Delivery Address” fields.

Moving Company and Personal Effects

88. When personal effects are being imported into Canada the name and address of the actual consignee is required. The name of the moving company may be provided in the Notify Party field.

Non-emergency Repairs

89.В For repairs to conveyances that were completed outside of Canada and do not meet the definition of emergency repairs, carriers must transmit cargo and conveyance data to the CBSA within the prescribed advance timeframes, identifying the repair as the cargo.

Electronic Freight Ex-vessel (Transportation of Marine Containers)

90. The following procedures will apply except if the marine carrier is using overland movement and Form A6, General Declaration . under security of the marine carrier’s bond.

91. Containerized freight landed at US ports for transport to Canada are to be manifested by the rail carrier based on ocean bill of lading information. Each ocean bill of lading has to be covered by a separate cargo control document. If a bill of lading covers a multi-container shipment, each container load will be manifested except where all the relative containers arrive in Canada on the same train. For more information on freight ex-vessel. refer to paragraph 188 (Railway car ferries) of Memorandum D3-5-1. Marine Pre-load / Pre-arrival and Reporting Requirements .

92. The conveyance transmission must state the container and seal numbers (when available from documents in the carrierвЂ™s possession).

93. At the seaport of initial discharge, the rail carrier uses a rail CCN ( re-manifest ) to report each marine shipment ex-vessel going to a point in Canada or for in-transit movement to a point outside Canada. The cargo must show the same information as that shown on the relative ocean bill of lading and bear a reference to the name of the vessel, agency code number, inward report number, and ocean bill of lading number.

94. The vessel inward report will be acquitted by the railway cargo control number(s). The master of the vessel or the agent has to account for the missing goods under normal procedures, as outlined in Memorandum D3-1-1. Policy Respecting the Importation and Transportation of Goods .

ETA - Entered to Arrive and VI - Value Included Shipments

95. Cargo and conveyance data is required for ETA and VI type shipments. The CBSA will manually acquit the cargo data with the original transaction number associated with the goods.

Duty Free Shops (Goods Imported by Duty Free Shops)

96. Defined as goods imported into Canada by Duty Free Shops and delivered directly to a licensed Duty Free Shop facility. Please refer to Memoranda D4-3-4, Duty Free Shop вЂ“ Operational Responsibilities and D4-3-5, Duty-Free Shop вЂ“ Inventory Control and Sales Requirements for additional information on Duty Free Shops.

97. Pre-arrival cargo and conveyance information pertaining to goods imported and delivered directly to a licensed duty free shop must be transmitted electronically within the guidelines and procedures outlined in the Reporting of Imported Goods Regulations and this memorandum.

Dangerous Commodities

98. The purpose of the TDG Regulations is to protect the public from potential hazards of transporting dangerous goods by establishing and regulating safety standards, safety marks, and safety requirements for these products.

99. Dangerous goods, hazardous wastes, explosives, and radioactive materials are examples of products that pose a hazard or risk to human health or the environment, and as such, are regulated and require special handling while being transported.

100. The TDG Regulations require that all shipments of dangerous goods be classified, labeled, placarded, packaged, and documented in a specific manner by the shipper. For more information, refer to Memorandum D19-13-5. Transportation of Dangerous Goods .

Derailments and Wrecks

101. Cargo control transmissions and waybills that cannot be properly acquitted at the receiving CBSA office due to a railway derailment or wreck should be referred to the CBSA office where the rail carrier originally reported the wreck. The responsibility to ensure correct acquittal of waybill quantities, and the merit of any application to account for damaged goods rest with the CBSA office so notified.

Additional Unique Processes

102. The carrier must report all shipments of Company Owned Material (COMAT) on an EDI transmission.

103. When the cargo is carried under the shipperвЂ™s load and count contracts, the cargo transmission must clearly be marked вЂњshipperвЂ™s load and countвЂќ and all units must be sealed by the shipper before transferring to the carrier.

104. In the case of car, container, or trailer-on-flatcar load lots (one type of commodity), show the actual number of cartons, cases, barrels, etc. of the commodity.

105. In case of bulk commodities, the quantity on the cargo control document or electronic report will be shown as вЂњ1вЂќ, representing one railcar.

Contingency Plan in the Event of System Failure

106. In the event of a CBSA system outage, all efforts will be made to continue normal communications, and restore systems to normal operating condition as soon as is reasonably possible.

107. Clients must retain the ability to produce hard copy cargo/conveyance declarations in the event of disruption of CBSA systems.

Notification and Error Messages

108. All pre-arrival data received will be validated and processed through CBSA вЂ™s systems, and the CBSA will transmit response messages back to the sender. Notices are sent to the sender via the same route as the incoming transmission.

109. There are two types of response messages clients can expect to receive from CBSA systems when transmitting pre-arrival transmissions by electronic means:

110. Positive responses are issued in the form of acknowledgements. Acknowledgements are generated when the EDI transmission has successfully passed all syntactical, conformance and validation edits.

111. Error messages are issued in the form of reject notices. An error code will be transmitted to the sender indicating the nature of the error. Carriers must make corrections to transmissions in error and re-send to the CBSA in a timely manner.

correcciones

Corrections to Cargo and/or Conveyance Data

112. Changes or amendments to cargo and/or conveyance data shall be made as soon as they are known.

Add/Change/Delete (Cancel)

113. An “Add” is used for the first transmission (original) of any data, whether it is cargo or conveyance data. It must be transmitted within the timeframes as prescribed in the Reporting of Importing Goods Regulations .

114. A вЂњChangeвЂќ involves the pre-arrival re-transmission of the entire record (all applicable data elements), which will then replace the entire record on file. As a rule, the carrier will be required to transmit a change to update the current conveyance record or cargo record when any of the data elements on the current transmission to the CBSA change. Individual data elements are not to be transmitted separately.

115. However, if a CCN on a cargo submission or the actual CRN on a conveyance transmission needs to be changed, the client must first transmit a record to delete the cargo or conveyance, and then transmit an вЂњAddвЂќ for the new report with the new CCN or CRN. A change request will not be accepted in that case.

116. A вЂњDeleteвЂќ (cancel) is used for the complete removal of records or packages of records. If individual data elements or loops of segments are to be deleted, these must be processed as changes. The specific data transmitted on the delete does not necessarily have to be identical to the original add or change вЂ“ only the вЂњkeyвЂќ data (i. e. CCN or CRN and whether the record is a cargo or conveyance) must be identical.

117. Deletions may be made at any time up until arrival at the port of report. If a conveyance transmission is on file, it must be changed or cancelled before an associated cargo can be cancelled. Note: un-arrived cargo and conveyance records are to be deleted (cancelled) if unused within 90 days.

Post Arrival Amendments

118. Cargo and Conveyance data transmissions, if found by the carrier to be in error post-arrival. must be amended as soon as the error is discovered.

119. Some key data elements cannot be electronically amended or deleted post arrival. If amendments/deletions to these data elements are required, the online House Bill, Cargo and Conveyance Manual Correction Request Form вЂ“ Post Arrival - All Modes (BSF673) must be completed. Carriers/freight forwarders have up to 90 days to present the correction request to CBSA .

Delivery Requirements and Transfers to Sufferance Warehouses

120. Cargo arriving in Canada as rail traffic can be transferred to a highway carrier and move forward to its destination on the primary rail cargo control transmission provided that:

(a) The highway sufferance warehouse at the destination is licensed to receive shipments on rail cargo control documents;

(b) The CBSA office at the destination is indicated on the primary cargo control transmission; y

(c) Cargo can be transferred to another sufferance warehouse after presentation of a re-manifest. This applies only if the warehouse is licensed to receive the freight.

121. The rail carrier can transfer consolidated shipments consigned to a bonded freight forwarder to the freight forwarder’s type CW sufferance warehouse (or agent thereof) providing the warehouse has been licensed to receive the freight. For more information on electronic house bills and transference to a CW Warehouse, please see Memorandum D3-3-1. Forwarded and Consolidated Cargo вЂ“ Import Movements .

122. The rail carrier can deliver cargo arriving by air, highway, or marine service for transport in bond under a rail cargo transmission directly to the rail terminal.

123. The rail carrier can deliver intact containers arriving under a rail cargo transmission for transport in bond for export to the exporting carrierвЂ™s sufferance warehouse, if the rail cargo shows that the goods are for export

124. Cargo arriving under a highway cargo transmission must be delivered to the highway sufferance warehouse.

Penalty Information

125. For information on administrative penalties, please refer to Memorandum D22-1-1. Administrative Monetary Penalty System . Information on AMPS is also available on the AMPS Web page .

126. Other administrative sanctions, such as the revocation of program privileges and penalties of Other Government Departments, may also be applicable.

127. Failure to comply with the CBSA requirements outlined in the Customs Act . may result in the seizure and forfeiture of the goods and/or conveyance, and in serious cases criminal charges may be applicable.

Addition Information

128. For more information, within Canada call the Border Information Service at 1-800-461-9999 . From outside Canada call 204-983-3500 or 506-636-5064. Long distance charges will apply. Agents are available Monday to Friday (08:00 вЂ“ 16:00 local time / except holidays). TTY is also available within Canada: 1-866-335-3237 .

Referencias

Transporter and Cargo Control Programs Unit Program and Policy Management Division Commercial Program Directorate

Vitamin D3 supports bone health, the immune system, nervous system and heart health*

Vitamin D3 (cholecalciferol) is a natural form of vitamin D that is synthesized in the skin in response to exposure to ultraviolet rays from the sun. This fat-soluble vitamin has properties of both a vitamin and hormone, and is required in calcium absorption and utilization.*

For children, vitamin D is especially important for growth, the normal development of bones and teeth, and immune health. Vitamin D also protects against muscle weakness, is involved in regulation of the heart beat, and is necessary for healthy thyroid function, normal blood clotting and healthy arteries.*

Vitamin D3 is substantially more effective than vitamin D2 (ergocalciferol), which comes from food sources.

While regularly exposing the skin to sunlight is an effective way to get vitamin D, researchers have found that those who live in northern latitudes, spend a lot of time indoors, wear sunscreen, have darker skin or have a chronic health condition may not get adequate vitamin D.

Research has shown that low vitamin D levels are associated with serious and chroic health conditions and that most Americans are deficient in vitamin D. Doctors are recommending that the U. S. Institutes of Medicine raise it recommended daily intake.

Vitamin D3 supports bone, joint, heart and immune health*

Order by Phone 800-338-7979 24 hours | Customer Service 800-754-8000

*These statements have not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration. Estos productos no están destinados a diagnosticar, tratar, curar o prevenir ninguna enfermedad.

Information provided on this site is solely for informational purposes only. No es un sustituto del asesoramiento médico profesional. No use esta información para diagnosticar o tratar un problema o enfermedad de salud, ni prescribir medicamentos o suplementos. Sólo su proveedor de atención médica debe diagnosticar sus problemas de salud y prescribir tratamiento. Ninguna de nuestras declaraciones o información, incluyendo reclamaciones de salud, artículos, publicidad o información de productos ha sido evaluada o aprobada por la Administración de Alimentos y Medicamentos de los Estados Unidos (FDA). Los productos o ingredientes mencionados en este sitio no están destinados a diagnosticar, tratar, curar o prevenir ninguna enfermedad. Consulte a su proveedor de atención médica antes de comenzar cualquier programa de suplementos, dietas o ejercicios, antes de tomar cualquier medicamento o recibir tratamiento, especialmente si está bajo atención médica. Asegúrese de leer atentamente todo el etiquetado y envasado del producto antes de usarlo. Si tiene o sospecha que puede tener un problema de salud, no tome ningún suplemento sin antes consultar y obtener la aprobación de su proveedor de atención médica. California Consumers – Proposition 65 requires sellers to notify California consumers of substances that are in many foods, plants, herbs and supplements with the following warning. WARNING: These products contain chemicals known to the State of California to cause birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Tagged with #D3Adventures

“Heavily laden, the ships rested low in the water, waiting…but for what? No one seems to know.” Can the city’s heroes solve this mystery before it’s too late?”

Available NOW at DriveThruRPG. com. and may the dice be ever in your favor!

Compartir este:

Like this:

Authors: Jason Yarnell, Alec Rosenblit and David E. McGuire

“Kamarathin was beautifully balanced and flawless. The proud and thoughtful work of the philosophers, theologians and minstrels of the A-Ar….then came “The Scale Wars.”

Chaos now reigns, and civilization has fallen… Spirits now roam the mortal realm, twisting the world and its once humble people for their own lusts and desires…

The Old Gods have fallen, and are now forgotten, with the rising of new gods in their place and a Dark Evil growing stronger every day…”

The once-reknowned heroes are dead, their powers and secrets forgotten…or are they? With the rise of this evil, the realm of man has decided to rise up & fight, to renew the famed glory of the old heroes. Bringing honor and glory back to Kamarathin is no job for any mere adventurer… Now, tell me mortal, could that hero be you, or does Kamarathin become shrouded in darkness once more?

Kamarathin: Kingdom of Tursh is the first world book published for the D3 Adventures’ flagship game world of Kamarathin. Kamarathin is a low/dark fantasy game world dedicated towards the Hero System by HERO Games but easily adaptable to any game system.

Are you ready to broaden your gaming horizons? For $19.95 “Kamarathin: Kingdom of Tursh” can be yours at DriveThruRPG. com. and as always may the dice be ever in your favor!

Compartir este:

Like this:

So show your adventuring party what your Druid can really do, and purchase your copy of Nature and Nurture for 99 cents today at DriveThruRPG. com !

Keep the game rolling, and may the dice be ever in your favor!

Compartir este:

Like this:

For $4.99, find your next epic gaming experience at DriveThruRPG. com. and may the dice be ever in your Favor! Be sure to also download the FREE quickstart guide for the Universal Pool System .

Compartir este:

Like this:

Compartir este:

Like this:

Mensaje de navegación

Get Notified First!

Buy It Now!

Categorías

%d bloggers like this:

Desktops

Echo Our smallest PC, with full speed desktop performance.

Obsidian Rock solid reliability for business and government.

Spirit A general purpose desktop. Give yourself room to grow.

Serenity Enjoy the silence in your studio, lab, home or office.

Deluge Extreme performance with overclocking and multi-GPU.

Genesis Post production and design. Cutting edge workstations.

Custom Computers Want more choices? Customize an air cooled desktop from scratch.

Liquid Cooled Computers Want higher performance? Customize a liquid cooled desktop.

View Desktops by Usage See what desktops we recommend for a variety of uses.

Laptops

Traverse Pro High performance desktop replacement.

HPC

Mini Developer Box For Intel Phi and NVIDIA Tesla Small and portable

Single CPU Workstation For Intel Phi and NVIDIA Tesla Designed for quiet operation

Dual CPU Workstation A traditional dual socket tower For Intel Phi and NVIDIA Tesla

Quad CPU Workstation Maximum memory and cores Intel E7 Xeon

2U GPU HPC Server For 4x Intel Phi and NVIDIA Tesla

3U GPU HPC Server For 8x Intel Phi and NVIDIA Tesla

About Peak HPC Learn more about our Peak HPC workstations and servers.

HPC Blog See the lastest posts from Dr. Kinghorn, our resident HPC expert.

Servers

Summit Servers Intel Xeon, 2U/3U/4U Flexible rackmount design

Summit Storage Intel Xeon, 2U/3U/4U Up to 20 hot swap disks

Custom Servers Want more choices? Customize an air cooled server from scratch.

About Summit Servers Learn more about our server options and capabilities.

Apoyo

Contact Support

Online Guides

Warranty Info

Recursos

Noticias

Blog

HPC Blog

Artículos

Featured Systems

Sobre nosotros

Contáctenos

Comentarios

Press Kit

Testimonios

Careers

Asus H170I-PLUS D3 Photography

At Puget Systems, we photograph the majority of the computers we build. We share these photos with our customers, as a courtesy, to show that their PC is done and ready to ship, and as a future reference for our tech support staff. We also want to make these photographs public, to help anyone who could benefit from them! Below you will find photos of the most recent builds we have completed with the Asus H170I-PLUS D3.

Photography of Asus H170I-PLUS D3 taken on 2017-03-18 10:40:37

D3 Pocket Park – Dubai’s gateway to a Smart and Green Future

Driving down the flyover to Dubai Design District (D3), you come across a rather unexpected structure nestled in between the neo-modern architectural wonders typical to Dubai: the D3 Pocket Park .

As contemporary as its neighbours, yet standing tall on Arabic architectural sensibilities, the D3 Pocket Park is a sight for sore eyes. Vertically placed 40’ containers form wind towers which punctuate individual clusters housing D3 offices as well as other service and retail spaces. The project spans a footprint of 1877 square metres (G + 1) and houses galleries, workshops, stores, cafés, multi-purpose facilities, rental spaces, prayer room and restaurants.

Fabricated by Smart Box Industries LLC for AMBB, a Dubai-based interiors house, the development comprises 76 containers (a combination of 20’ and 40’ units) across a 13,637 square metre plot . As the specialist vendor, Smart Box manufactured the ‘shell’ and core components for the structure including container clusters, platforms, staircases and other ancillaries using converted shipping containers.

D3 has been conceived as a global hub for individuals, organisations and brands engaged in design-related activities, and is a milestone achievement in Dubai’s efforts to build a knowledge and innovation based economy. The purpose-built structure marks a new chapter in the region’s construction through incorporating ‘cargotecture’ into Dubai’s mainstream urban planning and development.

Audioengine D3 Premium Portable 24-bit DAC

- Connect D3 to a USB port on your Mac or PC and send high-quality music to your headphones or any audio system. - D3 includes a USB DAC and headphone amplifier for incredible audio performance in a portable design. - Audioengine D3 is the perfect intro to computer audio!

The Audioengine D3 Premium 24-bit DAC (digital-to-analog converter) allows you to bypass your computer's headphone output and send music directly through a USB port for noticeably improved fidelity and a higher output. The D3 is a powerful yet portable converter with performance and features usually found in more expensive DACs and is the perfect interface between your computer and headphones or any music system.

Setup is easy and no special software is needed, making D3 a true plug-and-play solution. The D3 plugs directly into a USB port on your computer so no external power supply or cables are needed. The output of the D3 connects to headphones, Audioengine powered speakers, or any audio system. The D3 also has a sample rate indicator that shows sample rates above 48K so you'll know you’re getting the most out of your HD music.

The quality of most computer headphone outputs isn't generally very inspiring, so the D3 provides a better option by streaming audio from your computer's USB port and directly connecting to your music system or headphones. The D3 DAC is the perfect way to get great-sounding music not only from your computer to headphones but also from your computer to any music system.

Designed for the headphone enthusiast

D3 will process digital audio at any bit depth up to 24 bits and any native sample rate to 96KHz. With its high signal-to-noise ratio and low distortion, the D3 delivers sound quality generally heard only in more expensive DACs. The high-performance headphone amplifier was designed for a wide range of headphones and will satisfy even the most demanding headphone enthusiast with its high output and revealing sound. The D3's asynchronous data transfer carefully controls USB streaming audio from any computer which greatly improves audio performance.

See and hear the difference

The aluminum case of the D3 reflects traditional Audioengine design and the high-quality components and audio fidelity are typical of Audioengine's commitment to great sound at affordable prices. The Audioengine D3 continues to close the gap between your computer music and home hi-fi and even if you're not an audio enthusiast we guarantee your music will sound better!

Any computer, Mac or PC Headphones Powered speakers Any music system with audio inputs (RCA or minijack)

D3 DAC Carry case 1/4” headphone adapter cable Setup guide Product line brochure

6.5 x 2 x 1 cm (including USB connector)

Operating Temperature: 32 to 95 degrees F Non-operating Temp: -4 to 113 degrees F Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing

1/8" to 1/4” adapter cable Product case Setup guide

D3 Internal Converter

The heart of the D3 is the AK4396 DAC, well regarded for its low noise and high fidelity. Due to the high signal-to-noise specs of the AK4396 and the added benefit of double redundancy power source conversion and filtering, the D3 presents impressive low noise and low distortion characteristics. The D3 can process digital audio at any bit depth up to 24 bits and any sample rate up to 192kHz. D3 pads (upsamples) all bit depths internally to 24 bits, thus achieving a higher signal-to-noise ratio.

D3 Headphone Amplifier

The D3 contains a high-performance headphone amplifier based on the LME49726 low-noise opamp. This amp is able to provide low-impedance, high-fidelity audio and a 2-volt output which easily drives a wide range of headphones, including headphones with impedances as low as 12 ohms. The D3’s relay-controlled stereo outputs can also be connected to any system with an analog audio input, such as Audioengine powered speakers, for example.

The D3 is powered directly from the USB bus and power is passed through two stages of regulation to ensure no USB bus power variations affect the audio quality. This low-noise, low-ripple power supply is located on a separate circuit board for extra isolation and thermal management.

Volume is controlled from the computer’s OS and is implemented in the D3 as a digitally-controlled analog volume control.

Why Softec Ltd?

Softec Ltd has been developing, supplying and maintaining business management, trading and accounting packages for over 25 years.

We provide an honest and supportive consultancy service to independent trade merchants, retailers and wholesalers to help you become the most efficient and profitable businesses in your markets.

TRADER helps you:

Enhance your profitability

Grow your margins

Increase your turnover

Improve customer service

Reduce debtor delays

Manage your stock

Save significant amounts of time

Manage your business

FOR TIMBER MERCHANTS…

TRADER was specifically designed for independent timber merchants and supports all essential processes:

Dimensions, lengths & quantities

Reworking, treatments & clasificación

Joinery, jobs & bespoke items

Specials & directs

Inter-branch transfers

Milling & mecanizado

FOR BUILDERS MERCHANTS…

TRADER is the complete business management solution for the independent builders merchant:

Rapid POS with barcoding

Supports tool & plant hire

Multi-user, multi-branch

Built in CRM system

Customer/Supplier histories

Super fast & de confianza

FOR HEATING, PLUMBING & ELECTRICAL MERCHANTS…

TRADER can be used by any merchant, wholesaler or retailer to improve efficiency and maximise profits. It is the complete real-time business management software solution:

Unlimited stock catalog capacity and unrivaled stock control

Friendly and intuitive user interface

Supports retail and trade business simultaneously

Batch invoicing and statements via email & fax direct from the system

Complete and secure accounting and business transparency for management

EARN UP TO 250% TRADING COMMODITY FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS

Find out more about our exclusive web offer, receive your 5-issue trial for only $9.95!

TRACK UP TO 50 ACTIVE U. S. FUTURES MARKETS AND 100 CONTRACT MONTHS

Learn how you can take advantage of the next commodity futures trends with daily Commodex® automatic trading signals. Con la cartera de futuros de futuros adecuados, puede reducir la exposición y el riesgo al tiempo que mejora su potencial de beneficios. Ahora, usted puede participar efectivamente en todos los mercados emocionantes incluyendo los índices bursátiles, instrumentos de tesorería, divisas (FOREX), metales preciosos, energía, granos, carnes, softs, y más.

Por supuesto, los productos básicos y las opciones relacionadas son instrumentos de inversión altamente apalancados. Usted debe tener los recursos financieros adecuados. El riesgo de pérdida en cualquier programa de inversión puede ser tan grande como la oportunidad de obtener beneficios. Los futuros de materias primas se consideran especulativos. Sólo debe utilizar el capital de inversión que puede permitirse exponer a dicha actividad de inversión.

Billionaire Warren Buffett Was Reported To Have Made An Astounding $70 Million And More In Less Than 4 Months! (Trading Silver) Internationally Famous George Soros Took Profits Exceeding $1 Billion… (Trading Currencies) Even Hillary Clinton Allegedly Turned $1,000 Into $100,000 In Less Than A Year (With no prior experience!). (Trading Live Cattle and Soybeans)

INVESTING HAS NEVER BEEN MORE EXCITING OR PROFIT-PACKED IF YOU KNOW WHERE TO LOOK AND HOW TO TRADE!

It’s Your Turn To Trade With Ease Like The Pros With The Oldest And Most Consistently Profitable Daily Futures System Published In The World !

Ultra Vitamin D

Optimum Strength Vitamin D formula

Ultra Vitamin D provides optimum strength vitamin D which plays a truly remarkable role in the body and is important for many areas of health. It not only contributes to the maintenance of normal bones and teeth but is also known for its role in supporting normal function of the immune system, normal cell division and normal muscle function.

Vitamin D is synthesized by the body on exposure to sunlight, however many people are now following health advice to avoid too much sun exposure, which reduces vitamin D levels in the body.

What is Vitamin D?

Vitamin D is a fat soluble vitamin found in foods such as oily fish, butter and egg yolk. It is formed through the action of UV sunlight on the skin.

Vitamin D has functions and benefits that are probably more wide ranging than any other vitamin. There has been huge renewed interest in vitamin D recently, with new global research showing that the health benefits of this nutrient stretch beyond bone health.

There is increasing evidence for the beneficial effects from dietary Vitamin D which has shown benefits for its contribution to:

Maintenance of normal bones and teeth

Normal absorption and utilisation of calcium and phosphorus

Normal muscle function

Normal blood calcium levels

Normal function of the immune system

The process of cell division

D3 the preferred bioactive form

Ultra Vitamin D provides effective levels of the preferred form of vitamin D3 (cholecalciferol). Ultra Vitamin D provides optimum level Pharmacopoeia Quality Vitamin D3. D3 is the preferred form of vitamin D because it is the specific form made in the human body and therefore more effective than D2 which is found in some supplements.

Vitamin D - the sunshine vitamin

While our bodies manufacture Vitamin D on exposure to sunshine, the levels in many countries is so weak during the winter months that our body makes little or no Vitamin D at all, meaning that dietary supplements are often the best way to safeguard intakes of Vitamin D. Many populations, including the majority of those in Europe, require an additional dietary source of Vitamin D to achieve and maintain an adequate status of Vitamin D throughout the year.

In addition, the body does not generate Vitamin D when sitting behind a glass window, whether in your car or at home, because these UV rays cannot penetrate glass to generate Vitamin D in the skin. Sunscreens, even weak ones, while essential to protect the skin, can affect the body's ability to generate vital Vitamin D.

Vitamin D in the diet and health benefits

Vitamin D is naturally present in some foods (e. g. oily fish such as herring, sardines, fish liver oils, eggs, butter) and in a few foods that are fortified with Vitamin D (e. g. margarine, some cereals, some yoghurts). Vitamin D is fat soluble, therefore advice to eat lower fat diets may contribute to reduced intakes from foods and hence dietary supplementation may be needed. In the UK the background diet provides 3-4 ug /day of Vitamin D and only a little more if oily fish is consumed.

There are a number of reasons why Vitamin D supplementation is now advocated. Éstas incluyen:

Government health advice to reduce sun exposure which can mean less Vitamin D is produced naturally by the body.

Reduced sun exposure in certain groups of the population e. g. older people, for religious reasons/clothing, certain occupations, medical reasons, those with dark skin (as greater skin melanin content can reduce the skin's ability to produce Vitamin D).

Increased requirement at certain life stages e. g. the elderly population - whose skin may not be able to synthesize Vitamin D effectively.

Those with increased dietary intolerances (e. g. lactose and dairy), allergens.

People who are on a diet.

Ultra Vitamin D Formula

Ultra Vitamin D FAQ

Ultra Reviews

Need Help?

Register now to gain access to the Arcadia Products Community Portal. Its designed to provide assistance to our Customers, Users and Contributors who want to integrate and get the best possible results from the Arcadia products.

The Benefits of Membership

Gain access to: - Arcadia Knowledgebase. - Troubleshooting Assistant. - Product Documentation. - Arcadia Products Forum. - Live-chat and Technical Support.

Not Yet Registered?

Signing up is easy and takes less and 3 minutes. Take a moment to create a user account and get verified instantly. Register now to join the Arcadia Products Community to gain access into valuable tips and updates and the newest product releases.

International Cash & Treasury Management | Advanced

What to look out for in different technology choices – avoiding ‘the bleeding edge of technology’ • Objectives for Systems Integration • Current internationally accepted standards • EDIFACT, ANSI, iDoc, ISO20022 • Work Flow Management and reconciliation • Can one system handle multiple formats? • Emerging technologies

Selecting Banking Partners

Understanding what is ‘best practice’ (mandates, relationship) when choosing bank relationships • Critical requirements for multinational corporates • Bank geographic strategies • Local or regional banks? • Supporting credit banks • Approaches to pricing and service quality • Corporate organisation matches • Right bank or right solution

The International RFP process

What to look for in structuring a good RFP or tender document to get the best proposal from bankers • Selecting a bank and services • The tender document – what to include • RFP Process checklist – what should your expectations be? • Handling the short-list and negotiation meetings • Identifying and pre-qualifying banks • How banks structure their proposals • How to evaluate the bank responses – benchmarks, formats

REFRESHMENT BREAK

Class Exercise: Choosing the right bank

Prioritising your banking requirements • Selecting banks for cash management services in a foreign country • Focus on corporate requirements and bank selection process • How banks propose viable solutions and differentiate themselves

What to expect in the future

What to expect in the coming year and beyond • policy agenda issues for treasurers • new banking products • key infrastructure developments

Sorry, the page you're looking for cannot be found

You will be redirected to our homepage in 20 seconds, or you can go to Alibaba. com directly.

We' ve got millions of products and suppliers from around the world here on Alibaba. com. Why not try your search again?

Browse our products by category Find out more about what Alibaba. com has to offer

Have questions? Comments? Contact our customer service department about your experience at Alibaba. com and we will respond to you within 24 hours.

Browse by Category

Editor's Letter

Lacking originality, we are closing 2017 with the yearly review and endeavored predictions of the near future; this time however, we will look at the energy sector in conjunction with data business and software solutions. The energy sector has been facing probably some of the most difficult times ever. Each… Lee mas

The Global Leader in Enterprise Data Management

ZE is the developer of ZEMA . an integrated data management and analytics software solution for energy and commodities markets. ZEMA begins with collecting any market, business, and operational data; it then automates a wide variety of business processes, including feeding and integrating with downstream financial, business intelligence, modeling, risk and trade systems.

ZE DataWatch in PDF

Veggie vitamin D3 maker explores novel production process to secure future supplies

By Elaine Watson Elaine Watson 13-Mar-2012 2012-03-13T00:00:00Z Last updated on 13-Mar-2012 at 15:06 GMT 2012-03-13T15:06:05Z

The British firm behind what is claimed to be the first plant-sourced vitamin D3 is exploring whether it can be manufactured via a fermentation process as well as wild harvested.

Mark Broughton is a director at ESB Developments, which recently struck a deal to supply its Vitashine 100% vegan and vegetarian vitamin D3 (from lichen) to Global Health Trax (GHT) for use in supplements and other products in the US, Canada and other selected markets.

Wild harvesting process

The D3 is currently wild harvested from lichen that grows on rocks, trees and other locations in North America, Asia and Scandinavia, Broughton told NutraIngredients-USA at the EngredeaExpo West show in Anaheim.

It is collected in buckets and washed at source, and then put through a multi-step process of extraction (using ethanol), purification and concentration in the UK before it is added to a vegetable oil carrier (medium chain triglycerides). It is then shipped over to GHT in canisters to be made into finished products (sprays, softgels etc).

“We’d like to use super critical C02 extraction but we don’t have the money at this stage,” said Broughton.

Longer term we would like to be able to grow it in-house

He added: “ The lichen species we use to extract cholecalciferol (D3) is pretty ubiquitous, and we reckon we can do at least 500 million 1000 IU (International Unit) doses a year. But longer term we would like to be able to grow it in-house.

“The lichen is actually a combination of a fungus and an algae, so we could grow it in big vats and feed it with simple sugars. We wouldn’t need more than one vessel because the volumes needed are actually very small.

“We will probably need two or three years to work out the speed of growth and how to maximize yields, and there is also a funding issue. But that’s the longer term plan.”

Currently Vitashine can be put into sprays and capsules, but Broughton is also working on developing microencapsulated powders to broaden its application areas, he said.

“The powders should be ready by the middle part of this year, so we should be able to add Vitashine to a wider variety of food products.”

Broughton’s firm has applied for patent protection for the extraction and concentration process and is also looking to protect any in-house growing process, he said.

Most plant-derived vitamin D is vitamin D2. However, the evidence suggested D3 – which is currently sourced from lanolin (the pale-yellow oil found in sheep's wool) – was better utilized by the body, he said.

“We researched a lot of candidate plant materials – lichen, mosses, mushrooms and so on - to see which contained cholecalciferol and we came across a species of lichen that allows us to get virtually the same concentration as from lanolin.”

The reaction to the product at the show in Anaheim has been “ incredibly positive”, said Broughton, who works closely with the vegan and vegetarian community in the UK.

“There is a real demand from vegans and vegetarians, but many other people are also surprised to find that vitamin D3 comes from lanolin or other animal sources and would rather get it from a plant source as well,” he said.

“They are also worried about sheep dip and undesirable compounds getting into lanolin-derived D3."

As for cost, he added: “Lichen-sourced D3 is more expensive than lanolin-source vitamin D3, but not massively so. On a cost in use basis, you use so little that it is very competitive.”

The timing of the launch in the US was very good, he admitted.“ There has been a huge amount of science published in this area and consumer awareness of the need for vitamin D is rising all the time .”

Vitashine is the only Vitamin D3 product registered worldwide with the UK-based Vegetarian Society and Vegan Society.

GHT’s plant based Vitamin D3 finished product line is available in spray and capsule form. The spray can be applied on food or sprayed directly into the mouth.

GHT is also making these products available to customers as a private-label offering through its subsidiary, Health Specialties Manufacturing.

The sunshine vitamin

Vitamin D refers to two biologically inactive precursors - D3, also known as cholecalciferol, and D2, also known as ergocalciferol. Both D3 and D2 precursors are transformed in the liver and kidneys into 25- hydroxyvitamin D (25(OH)D), the non-active 'storage' form, and 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (1,25(OH)2D), the biologically active form that is tightly controlled by the body.

While our bodies manufacture vitamin D on exposure to sunshine, the levels in some northern countries are so weak during the winter months that our body makes no vitamin D at all, meaning that dietary supplements and fortified foods are seen by many as the best way to boost intakes of vitamin D

Noticias relacionadas

Quote/Unquote: DMAA, class actions and brain food… The best of Nutracon, Engredea & Expo West

Geoff - 15 Mar 2012 | 02:04

@Maria S. Sapuntzakis

While some vitamin D3 is produced from the lanolin found in sheep wool, much of it is produced from animal skins. 7-Dehydrocholesterol is extracted from (dead) animal skin. It is purified and converted to a crystalline 7-dehydrocholesterol. Crystalline 7-dehydrocholesterol is indistinguishable from its animal source. The crystalline 7-dehydrocholesterol is dissolved in an organic solvent and exposed to ultraviolet light to produce vitamin D3.

15-Mar-2012 at 14:04 GMT

Mark Broughton, Vitashine - 15 Mar 2012 | 11:55

Plant Source Vitamin D3 Cholecalciferol

For some time we have seen claims of vitamin D3 from plant source but viewed with skepticism, this is why i would encourage all products claiming plant source to register there products with the Vegan Society so a third party can verify. To date Vitashine is the only product to be registered with the UK Vegan Society.

15-Mar-2012 at 11:55 GMT

Submit a comment

“Heavily laden, the ships rested low in the water, waiting…but for what? No one seems to know.” Can the city’s heroes solve this mystery before it’s too late?”

Available NOW at DriveThruRPG. com. and may the dice be ever in your favor!

Compartir este:

Email:

Confirm Email:

Set Password:

Confirm Password:

Profile Name:

I acknowledge that I have read and accept the Terms of Use.

I'd like to receive useful tips, tools and resources via email from Kelley Blue Book and affiliates.

You've created your personalized KBB Profile!

Now you can start saving your car research and get customized car recommendations.

Click on a link below to start.

To save a ZIP code, allow your browser to accept cookies. Enter Your ZIP CODE

Please enter a valid 5-digit ZIP code.

Your ZIP code is used to provide you with information specific to your location.

Street & Touring Models

AVERAGE EXPECTED ACCUMULATED MILEAGE

Figures shown are for expected accumulated average mileage. Actual mileages may differ substantially. Because of variances in riding styles and road conditions, it is impossible for us to determine accurate dollar values for mileage. Overall condition factors will have a far greater impact on a value than the actual mileage.

All Other Models

Actual and average mileage can be hard to determine due to common odometer malfunctions. This combined with variances in riding styles and road conditions make it impossible to assign dollar values for mileage. Overall condition factors will have a much greater impact on a unit's value than actual mileage.

Motorcycle Specs

Your Motorcycle Value

Data-Driven Documents (D3) applied to Conceptual Ship Design Knowledge

v0.1, Apr. 2017 Based on the paper published at COMPIT, 2017, Newcastle, UK by Henrique M. Gaspar 12. Per Olaf Brett 2. Ali Ebrahim 2. Andre Keane 2. 1 вЂ“ Aalesund University College, Faculty of Maritime Technology and Operations 2 вЂ“ Ulstein International AS.

Abstract

This work focuses on data-driven documents (D3) examples applied to the conceptual ship design process, especially in how to effectively and quickly filter and present complex input, multilevel and multiclient interactions, associating into design knowledge. The traditional ship breakdown structure, with cost and subsystems elements, is encapsulated via analogous representations, such as tree layout, force layout, pack layout, sunburst layout, and Sankey diagrams. Large dependency matrixes are represented via interactive chord diagrams (dependency wheel and hierarchical edge bundling). A parametric design web application is used as example, to tie in a single structure knowledge representation. An overall discussion is presented, focusing on how this approach improves the expressiveness of data and interactions in an industrial ship design context, allowing the designer to better interact with a conceptual ship design dataset, as well as facilitating the presentation of the expectations of stakeholders involved.

Introducción

1. Knowledge in Conceptual Ship Design

A good functional design description requires gathering conceptual ship design knowledge, that is, an efficient exploration of existing and related information. Even as the freedom to change the primary variables of the design decreases as a design progresses through phases, the engineer's knowledge of the problem and how the design could be adapted to the situation increases, Erikstad (1996), Brett (2012). In other words, as one goes to a more detailed part of the process, the decisions narrow toward a certain set of solutions. Ontologically, to make a decision means giving up other options, thus decreasing the freedom to modify the design parameters in future stages of the process. The idea of conflict between design knowledge and freedom to change is presented in Fig.1a.

The objective of every design method during the conceptual phase is thus to create knowledge as early as possible, without compromising much of the freedom, as observed in the lighter line from Fig.1a. In other words, a designer would like to have as much flexibility as possible to improve vessel parameters while acquiring fast knowledge about her decisions, hopefully decreasing risk and uncertainty, PMBOK (2008).

Fig.1: Trade-off between freedom to change a design and the knowledge acquired during the process (a) and basic design process (b); based on Erikstad (1996)

In addition, designers must seek elucidation of the requirements proposed by Andrews (2003,2011). The author contrasts fixed and straightforward approaches to a pre-established list of requirements, that is, purely systematic requirement engineering, with collaborative elucidation of the requirements from the ship owners, cargo owners, operators, and designers. This multi-stakeholder dialogue in the early stages is an essential technique to verify and mature a reason to construct the ship, methods, and tools, and to select which conceptual solutions should be used. Andrews' (2011) analysis also elucidates the sequential and iterative process of the design as a recurrent theme, captured by Erikstad as four steps: generate, analyse, evaluate, and decide, Fig.2b. This concept exploration model relies on the nature of the search space: rather than a single ship generative model (i. e. design spiral method), a whole set of designs is explored. Recent methodologies, which explore this approach to ship design, are exemplified by the set based design method, Singer et al. (2009), and epoch-era analysis/ responsive systems comparison, Gaspar et al. (2011), Gaspar et al. (2012).

Erikstad (2007) discusses acquisition of syntactic and interpretative knowledge, and suggests five common knowledge element groups in the conceptual ship design domain: previous design cases and existing vessel data, generalized design cases and templates, syntactic knowledge (vocabulary), rules and facts, and solution methods, strategies, and tactics. As part of addressing each element group, designers must consider data, methods, regulations, and economic factors of the environmental measures. In this context, the current literature reinforces the important role of acquiring correct data from the operational profile. Levander (2006) affirms that the starting point for ship design is to define its mission and related functions well. The design should focus on a ship that performs its mission according to the plan.

We corroborated Erikstad's idea that knowledge is the most important actor in the design process. Knowledge, in a wider definition, may be viewed as the relevant information acquired from filtering and interpreting the available data, Aamodt (1991). This data, as noted by Ulstein and Brett (2012), is strongly connected to a critical systems thinking for the ship design process. The authors state that the desires of stakeholders in the design, their general level of accord, and the information they possess and expect to possess influence decision-making in a new shipbuilding development, noting that poor decisions in the early stages create more conflicts and problems later. Brett et al. (2006) suggests a modular procedural structure, and the use of both a communicational and a decision-making support tool among all the actors in the total decision-making process of a transport system at, named Ulstein Accelerated Business Development Process (ABD).

We corroborated Erikstad's idea that knowledge is the most important actor in the design process . Knowledge, in an wider definition, may be viewed as the relevant information acquired from filtering and interpreting the available data (Aamodt, 1993). And undoubtely a large amount of data is created during this early stages, data connected to generating and analysizing the large space of possible options.

With this context in mind, the rest of this work we will discuss how using D3 may assist the designer to extract knowledge from the data already available when describing and evaluating a design by means of a holistic procedure such as ABD. Rather than analysing the extensive (and too large) dimensions that knowledge in ship design can have, the paper will focus on aspects which are usually not represented in interactive/parametric graphical forms. In other words, we present here an exercise to investigate how D3 can create knowledge by visualizing available data which are usually computed (and perhaps forgotten) among a many others numbers, and, as stated by Hamming (1962), the purpose of computing is insight, not numbers.

2. Visual Representation of Knowledge

Most current engineering quantitative analyses are presented via a combination of numbers and graphs (for instance a bar, pie, scatter, and line charts). This is a standard approach, and consensus states that data graphs communicate more than tables, Few (2009). At their best, graphics are instruments for reasoning, by looking at pictures of the data and its relationships.

A classical example is the data sets compiled by Anscombe (1973) in Fig.2, presenting a dataset where statistical analysis did not differentiate among but graphic representation makes their discrepancies clear. This example demonstrates that even the most skilled designer must use visual information to fully grasp knowledge from the data, Tufte (2001).

Therefore, the immense amount of data handled during the design process, Fig.1b, can quickly become unmanageable and incoherent. As new simulations tools and technologies are constantly being developed, there is also a dire need for new types of visualizations capable of capturing the importance of each key aspect, coupled with the ability of providing structured representations. Having such capabilities would directly benefit the designer by giving her the ability to include and incorporate information from the decision makers at the earliest possible stage, making the whole process more efficient, and subsequently increasing stakeholder value.

Fig.2: Anscombe's (1973) data sets, with a data representation via table (left) and graphically (right)

Our impression is that the current industrial approach during early stages of ship design relies heavily on information concentrated, condensed, and processed via spreadsheet-like programs/outline specs dictate by the shipowner. Even more complex analyses, such as hydrodynamic and structural, are quickly transformed into a number in a cell, usually evaluated in relation to a list of internal and external criteria. Not surprisingly, this spreadsheet data is transformed into a large set of charts, which will feed the innumerous reports and presentations created during this process, Fig.3.

вЂў Data saved (and not easily accessible) in Excel

Fig.3: Core of design data concentrated in spreadsheets, presentations, and reports

Although essential, this process may be hiding other types of relevant information, which can be difficult to access due to the constraint of this MS Excel-Powerpoint-Word format. As criticized by Tufte (2006), many data visualizations are created to persuade rather than inform, with ideas disconnected from the context and squashed into unhelpfully simplistic tables, charts, and bullet points. How can a single stakeholder such as the shipowner, interact with the requirements and the extensive simulation data created for satisfying it, if usually results are presented to them as a picture set, within a folder containing a main. doc report with its many. ppt and. xls sources obscured?

Moreover, spreadsheet users know how complicated it can be to understand, adapt, and use a spreadsheet created by others, which worsens if packed with simulation results. The fact that data is stored and handled in a row versus column format may also constrain how this data is presented and understood. The current selection of charts is, even if extensive, yet unable to represent some funda-menВ¬tal hierarchical elements found during design. Consequentially, this essential information is usually transformed into a static picture, created via the drawing application available in the software suite (for instance MS Visio or MS PowerPoint).

Our proposition is not that the spreadsheet-presentation-report procedure should be avoided, but rather that it should be extended into a more interactive and multi-stakeholder simulation opportunity environment. We believe that solely focusing on this procedure constrains the perception of relevant design information, and that a more web-based collective environment would contribute to the ship design process by:

Handling parametric data outside the row versus column format, allowing hierarchic presentation of the structural, temporal, and economic aspects of design.

Handling data in an open/readable format, keeping integration with proprietary/protected databases/spreadsheets.

Progress beyond the passive share of performance evaluation, allowing an effective design understanding and interaction with the knowledge behind the data.

Presenting a new type of graph, visualizing parametrically aspects previously handled as static figures. Past plotting was an issue, but D3 eases the process, and data is still easily available.

Currently there are diverse commercial software programs available that promise more efficient information handling, such as Qlikview, Tableau, and Spotfire, and research on how these tools can be applied to the ship design case must be studied. In this paper, we propose a more code-oriented approach, using the web browser directly as a graphic user interface, via the recent D3.js JavaScript library, which requires no special installation/configuration in any modern computer able to access a web page, and works even with mobile devices such as smartphones and tablets.

3. Data Driven Documents (D3)

3.1 Introduction

D3 is a novel and efficient way to handle, visualize, and interact with a large amount of information. It consists of a JavaScript library developed initially by the Stanford Visualization Group and today mainly developed by Michael Bostock under the BSD license, Bostock (2017). Bostock et al. (2011) states that D3 uses the full capabilities of modern browsers without the constraints of a proprietary framework, combining powerful visualization components and a data-driven approach to objects manipulation. The library uses digital data to create and control dynamic and interactive charts, running in most common web browsers, enabling:

A representation-transparent approach to visualization for the web.

Direct inspection and manipulation of text-like data.

Bind input data to HTML document elements

Efficiency in quickly rendering and animating charts

While D3 is normally developed and used for web applications, its application can be extended to any kind of dataset that contains a hierarchized type of information, such as in ship design. Utilizing D3 during conceptual design not only allows the user to interact with different visualisations, creating an increased understanding of different variables correlations with each other, but also provides a simple and aesthetically pleasant interface, making it substantially easier to separate important aspects from superficial ones. Ware (2012) states that visual displays provide the highest bandwidth channel from the computer to the human (. ) we acquire more information through vision than through all of the other senses combined. This, combined with the sheer amount of information that can be rapidly interpreted through various forms of visualisation, serves as an undeniable potential source of value that has yet to be fully explored.

The examples discussed in the rest of this paper are largely based on the extensive set of examples available online, mainly from D3.js, Bostock (2017), Dimple interface, Kiernander et al. (2017), and DependencyWheel interface, Zaninnoto (2017).

3.2 Basic Features

The fundamentals of D3 are introduced by Bostock et al. (2011) and Bostock (2017). In summary, it works as an interpreter to select, modify, and transform plain data into web visual elements (scalable vector graphs). Moreover, a collection of application programming interfaces (APIs) is available to facilitate the process of creating regular graphs, such as bar, scatter, line, and area charts, Kiernander et al. (2017). Fig.4 presents a simple XY regression (a) and a multiple bar chart (b) created with D3.

a) Simple XY scatter with regression

b) Simple Bar Chart (D3 + dimple)

Fig.4 вЂ“ An XY regression (a); and a multiple bar chart (b) developed using D3.

D3 advantages relate to a high level of customization and user interactivity. Mouse actions, for instance, can be customized for each element of the graph. Fig.4a shows a scatter plot with regression equation, which presents the coordinates when the mouse is over a point, pretty much as in modern spreadsheetsвЂ™ charts. Fig.4b shows a multiple bar chart, where the mouse over action generates a pop-out box containing design information about the data connected to each bar.

Fig.5 presents a more advanced design-space plot, containing Utility A versus Utility B of four design sets plotted together. One more dimension is added, since the cost is proportional to the size of the circle. In Fig.5a we are able to analyse all design sets, and a click on the mouse filters the data into a single set.

Scatter / Bubble Chart

Fig.5: Utility plot of four design sets (and filtering of a single set, developed using D3 and Dimple API

It is essential to refine and make better the understanding of the design set during the early stages by documenting the design and preparing a comprehensive scope of work containing product specifi-cation, required standards, regulations, mission requirement, and client expectations. Although D3 can be used to produce spreadsheet-like charts, the real gain in knowledge is observed when we go beyond these functionalities, using this library to handle data that heretofore was considered static. More powerful visual techniques in early stages will enhance the possibility of producing a better grasp of design space, product mission, and performance objectives in a collaborative space, rather than just traditional visualization methods.

In Section 4 we introduce visualisation examples that lie beyond this spreadsheet-like approach, focusing on structural, mapping, temporal, and economic aspects of concept ship design.

4. Extracting Ship Design Knowledge - Examples of Visualizations

4.1 Structural Examples

The structural aspect relates to arrangement and interrelationships of the physical parts in the ship. The structure/behavior pair derives from form-function mapping, aggregating information covered extensively in traditional model-based techniques. The structure is decomposed and encapsulated in subsystems and components, Gaspar et al. (2012). Current design methods, such as Levander (2006), decompose the design into ship and task related subsystems, presenting a functional breakdown of the system into semi-independent parts. A more modular approach, for example, is presented by Andrews and Pawling (2009), with building block as a design method, connecting this decomposition into the simulation of modular chunks performance.

For the sake of illustration, letвЂ™s consider Erikstad and LevanderвЂ™s (2012) decomposition for offshore support vessels (OSVs) presented in Fig.6. This type of information is usually visualized statically, with limited interaction and investigation of all the sub-levels that this breakdown can have. Translating this data into an object oriented-data, with each subsystem connected to a parent вЂ“ as well as any other type of value or property вЂ“ we obtain the type of object found in Table I. Table I data can be bound to a variety of D3 visualizations, exemplified in Fig.7 (tree layout), Fig.8 (sunburst layout), Fig.9 (pack layout), and Fig.10 (force layout). These visualisations are highly interactive, allowing the user to understanding and explore the many underlined properties of each subsystem, such as value in the form of a вЂњbubble size, вЂќ and its connection with other elements. Data can also be connected to an external library, such as 3D software and classes with shipвЂ™s modules, blocks, and parts.

Fig.6: Static representation of OSV systems decomposition, Erikstad and Levander (2012).

Table I: Data extracted from Fig.6, in form of a JavaScript object

Classic tree diagram

Fig.7: D3 Tree layout from Table I data

Fig.8: D3 sunburst layout from Table I data

Higo. 9: D3 pack layout from Table 1 data

Fig.10: D3 force layout from Table 1 data

4.2 Temporal Examples

Representation of temporal knowledge is determined by the way in which time is specified and measured. Similarly, in conceptual ship design, the temporal aspect pertains to the dimensions and properties of a system over time, including potential contextual shifts and uncertainties. To take these traits into consideration during early stages has been extensively peripheral to systems engineering practice, but is particularly important because of the need for anticipatory analysis, which enables the identification of concept designs that perform well across multiple contexts, and inherently create higher value and utility margins for stakeholders.

In order to fully understand the benefits of mitigating uncertainty inherent in temporal analysis, the input scope must also be presented. As an input variable and a significant contributor of complexity, the contextual aspect consists of external entities, interfaces, and other factors defining the systems behavior. This should be taken into account during early phase design because the vast amount of changing characteristics could serve as substantial hinders of future profitability if not dealt with accordingly. By defining scenarios subject to these types of constraints, a set of alternate futures can be modelled and visualized, ultimately giving the designer a better foundation on which to base governing decisions.

To properly handle these contextual and temporal aspects, a similar structure explained in Section 4.1 can be applied to temporal data. This structure calls for first organizing the design set in terms of its properties, Fig.11a, and later analyzing and envisaging each of the designs analyzed for each of the scenarios, Fig.11b. Besides tree layout, sunburst, pack, and force layouts can be similarly applied to represent similar temporal data.

Fig.11: D3 tree layout for visualizing a design set (a) and a scenario set, with all designs analyzed for every scenario (b)

4.3 Design Factors Relationship Mapping Examples

Design factors relationship mapping is a structured process for creating the correct understanding of (and feel for) the final product in preliminary design stages. Design mapping methods are particularly useful for: Making informed design decisions, identifying areas of opportunity for developing new products, analyzing a competitive landscape, and analyzing complex, changing, and ambiguous design problems.

Relationship mapping techniques have a significant role in demonstrating vessel required mission and objectives, as well as consequences of different design scenarios on final product performance, with its correlation among different design parameters, decision making techniques, and market based design solutions. A useful mapping visualization will make a better understanding of the product and an earlier agreement among stakeholders, leading to a more reliable design and, consequentially, lower changes in further product lifecycle phases.

Fig.12a presents a typical three-leveled design mapping, connecting value with performance attrib-utes, and performance with design characteristics (adapted from Erikstad (2017)). Such a relationship can also be transformed into an object-like data, allowing the interactive visualization from Fig.12b.

Fig.12a: Design Factors Relationship Mapping Example (Erikstad, 2017).

Value - Performance - Design Mapping

Higo. 12b The static connection from 12a can be transformed into the bundle diagram of 12b.

Another advantage of this approach is the plot of dependencies between two or more factors. For the sake of exemplification, letвЂ™s say that we are able to connect three missions of an OSV (anchor handling, supply, and towing) into each vessel capability. This data is exemplified in Table II. Fig.13 introduces how a chord diagram can effectively contribute to the clarification of such complex data, with a dependency wheel able to efficiently present, Fig.13a, and filter, Fig.13b, the mission-capabilities relationships.

Table II: Mission вЂ“ capability dependency

Fig.13: Chord diagram to represent and filter dependencies between mission and vessel capabilities

4.4 Economic Examples

Economic aspects are strongly connected to the physical parts of the system. Considering the data exemplified in Table I, we can assume that each subsystem of the vessel will have a certain material cost, which can be added as a property of that object, for instance вЂњcost: valueвЂќ.

Therefore, we are also able to create the same range of examples provided in Section 4.1. Fig.14 presents an interactive version of the sunburst, which represents in one chart the total material cost of a vessel, Fig.14, while neatly identifying the cost of each subsystem with a mouse-over action.

of cost is related to this systems

Fig.14: Sunburst to represent material cost of a design (a) and a mouse-over filter to show the cost of a specific subsystem

If we consider another economic property linked to each subsystem, such as the man-hours used in that subsystem during the vessel construction, we may create a relationship between the material and man-hours cost. This diagram is statically represented by Levander (2006) in Fig.15a, which can be dynamically transformed (and updated) via a Sankey diagram using D3, observed in Fig.15b.

Fig.15a: Economic relationship between material and man-hours cost, statically illustrated by Levander (2006)

Fig.15b: Economic relationship between material and man-hours cost, dynamically illustrated via D3 Sankey diagrams

5. Simple Parametric Model in HTML and JavaScript

The objective of the parametric design procedure is to establish a consistent parametric description of the vessel in the early stages of design, starting from the basic design principle that a certain description of a vessel should be able to perform efficiently a given mission. The scope of the project is to present an entire but simplified iteration of the parametric design process applied to OSVs, starting from the mission parameters until the final design characteristics and attributes. This project is supported by Ulstein Group (. click to access the example)

6. Discussion and Concluding Remarks

In this paper we have demonstrated some of the early phase design visualizations and interactions by use of the D3.js library. The focus has largely been structural components, economic aspects, and especially hierarchical breakdowns. Even so, we have barely breached the limitations of todayвЂ™s current static practice. Data-drive documentation is by no means limited to the representation of a vesselвЂ™s physical traits, but can also be used to visualize meteorological conditions such as ice density, wave height, temperature, and other vital pieces of information such as the boundaries of certain regulations when conceptualizing high level requirements into lower level capabilities.

The approachвЂ™s advantages can be summarized as the ability to efficiently store and present non-trivial data, such as hierarchical information, in an easy to share setting. Its high level of customization, although requiring JavaScript coding, allows intensive multi-platform interactivity, as well as association with proprietary simulations tools and design databases.

Moreover, the visualization of exorbitant amounts of information, whether obtained via experience or simulation database, is not just relevant in order to increase our limited ability to gain value through cognitively processing raw data, but also to uncover the value decreasing aspects. The identification of a parametric outlier could potentially increase the final productвЂ™s performance just as much as any recognised positive contributor, and may even be even harder to identify amongst the plethora of non-prominent attributes.

It is our belief that using data-driven documentation on a web based dynamic environment, during early ship design stages, will enhance the possibility of improving the design understanding, operational profiles, and performance objectives. This extension of the spreadsheet-like approach aligns with a more holistic design approach, such as in ABD, allowing an interactive empiric and simulation data exploration multi-stakeholder environment.

There is however a known challenge associated with state of the art technological developments regarding the end userвЂ™s process of adaptation вЂ“ a critical step towards qualification and acceptance. In general, demanding processes such as ship design will stick to proven solutions because the risk associated with trials of new solutions is simply too high. Getting key users to adopt these alternative methods is of the utmost importance in order to gain vital feedback so that the proposed solutions continually can be improved upon, and subsequently enable designers to save both time and money by eliminating faults and illuminating possibilities much earlier than previous practices.

References and Disclaimer

The models presented here are based on the examples made available online by Bostock (2017), Kiernander et al. (2017) and Zaninnoto (2017), and their uses and rights are stated by each specific library/API license.

AAMODT, A. (1991), A knowledge-intensive, integrated approach to problem solving and sustained learning, PhD Thesis, NTNU

ANDREWS, D. J. (2003), Marine design: requirement elucidation rather than requirement engineer-ing, 8th Int. Maritime Design Conf. Athens

ANDREWS, D. J. (2011), Marine requirements elucidation and the nature of preliminary ship design. Trans. RINA 153 pp.23-39

ANDREWS, D. J.; PAWLING, R. (2009), The impact of simulation on preliminary ship design, 10th Int. Marine Design Conf. Trondheim

ANSCOMBE, F. J. (1973). Graphs in statistical analysis, American Statistician 27/1, pp.17вЂ“21

BOSTOCK, M.; OGIEVETSKY, V.; HEER, J. (2011), D3: Data-Driven Documents, IEEE Trans. Visualization and Computer Graphics

BOSTOCK, M. (2017); D3: Data-Driven Documents, http://d3js. org/

BRETT, P. O. (2012), Industry insights вЂ“ Accelerated business development - The Challenge, BI - Norwegian School of Management

ERIKSTAD S. O. (2017), Design mapping: Value attributes, performance attributes and design characteristics, UNPUBLISHED.

BRETT, P. O.; BOULOUGOURIS, E.; HORGEN, R.; KONOVESSIS, D.; OESTVIK, I.; MERMI-RIS, G.; PAPANIKOLAOU, A.; VASSALOS, D. A. (2006), Methodology for the logistics-based ship design, 9th Int. Marine Design Conf. Ann Arbor

ERIKSTAD, S. O. (1996), A decision support model for preliminary ship design, PhD Thesis, NTNU

ERIKSTAD, S. O. (2007), Efficient exploitation of existing corporate knowledge in conceptual ship design, Ship Technology Research 54

ERIKSTAD, S. O.; LEVANDER, K. (2012), System based design of offshore support vessels, 11th Int. Maritime Design Conf. Glasgow

FEW, S. (2009), Now you see it: Simple visualization techniques for quantitative analysis, Analytics Press

GASPAR, H. M.; ROSS, A. M.; ERIKSTAD, S. O. (2011), Handling temporal complexity in the design of non-transport ships using epoch-era analysis, Trans. RINA 154, Part A3, Int. J. Mar. Eng.

GASPAR, H. M.; ROSS, A. M.; RHODES, D. H.; ERIKSTAD, S. O. (2012), Addressing complexity aspects in conceptual ship design - A systems engineering approach, Trans. SNAME 120

HAMMING, R. (1962), Numerical methods for scientists and engineers, McGraw-Hill

KIERNANDER, J. et al. (2017), Dimple - An object-oriented API for business analytics powered by d3, http://dimplejs. org/

LEVANDER, K. (2006), System based ship design, NTNU

PARSONS, M. G. (2004), Parametric design, Ship Design and Construction Vol. 1, SNAME

PMBOK (2008), A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide), Project Management Institute

SINGER, D. J.; DOERRY, N.; BUCKLEY, M. E. (2009), What is set-based design? Naval Eng. J. 121/4, pp.31-43

TUFTE, E. R. (2001), The visual display of quantitative information, Graphics Press

TUFTE, E. R. (2006), Beautiful evidence, Graphics Press

ULSTEIN, T.; BRETT, P. O. (2012), Critical systems thinking in ship design approaches. 11th Int. Maritime Design Conf. Glasgow

WARE, C. (2012) Visual thinking for design, Morgan Kaufmann Series in Interactive Technologies

ZANINOTTO, F. (2017), DependencyWheel: An interactive visualization of package dependencies, http://redotheweb. com/DependencyWheel/

Moeder, Ik Wil Bij De Revue, 2017

Fondo

In a collaboration with LiveLAB, Amsterdam-based d3 Studio The Unit Showcontrol have successfully used d3 to simulate, sequence and playback the new musical ‘Moeder, Ik Wil Bij De Revue’ (Mother, I Want To Join The Revue), which officially premiered on 21 September in the Beatrixtheater, Utrecht, the Netherlands.

Set in the 1950’s, this new musical tells the story of a feisty brother and sister, John and Riet Hogendoorn, who run a revue group. Everything is set to change when their troupe is joined by Bob, the son of a coal merchant.

With a range of songs from the 1950’s heyday of revue, ‘Moeder, Ik Wil Bij De Revue’ is set to be another hugely popular production coming from the successful team of Joop van den Ende Theaterproducties, which is part of the internationally focused Stage Entertainment (Mamma Mia. Holiday on Ice, Billy Elliot, War Horse).

d3 Solution

Ad de Haan, content creator for LiveLAB from Leiden, had initiallly been asked to create content for the musical. The stage design, developed by Carla Janssen Höfelt, features a 14×9.5 meter LED floor, a 6.4x 3.8 meter LED back panel, as well as six 2.7×6 meter moving Barco LED panels, supplied by Creative Technologies and controlled through an Autostage 2000 automation system from Silicon Theatre Scenery.

Seeing the moving screens, de Haan realised he would need to pre-visualise the entire show beforehand as to see what the show would look like from any perspective in the audience. At this stage, he contacted d3 Studio The Unit Showcontrol in Amsterdam, and a collaboration soon took shape. The Unit, who started up their d3 Studio with a single d3 4U system almost two years ago, now own the largest d3 pro range fleet in Europe. This is their first project with Joop van den Ende Theaterproducties.

The Unit’s co-director Jeffrey Goes was part of the initial content presentation to Joop van den Ende and his creative team, for which they used the d3 pre-visualiser. Says Goes: “There was such a great vibe. Technical Producer Ed Wielstra and his team grabbed on to the 3D visualisation benefits straight away, and even decided to change the size of the moveable LED panels on the spot. Apparently this had been debated for a while, but seeing the total picture in the d3 stage simulator changed everything – that was just wonderful to see. It was a great tool to communicate Ad’s vision.”

De Haan adds on the topic: “The 3D pre-visualisation allowed us to dedicate a lot of time to the scene changes, creating a gradual, film-like effect between scenes. We tried to keep it close to the original TV-series which had many fast decor changes. We worked towards a total design in which motion is a key element to the content designs, and it gave us results we wouldn’t have achieved with fixed decors. We could really add focus to every scene with the mix of elements.” Carefully building up the project together, de Haan would visit The Unit Showcontrol’s studio weekly to discuss progress and work on the content. De Haan shares: “Due to the many changes that were requested during rehearsals, it was important for us to build up the content in a modular way. This allowed us to determine the placement and timing of content on the spot with the creative team.”

Dave van Roon, the show’s d3 operator who is part of the Unit Showcontrol’s team, adds: “The speed with which we could adapt and change certain elements was key. Sometimes, I would anticipate a change and put it through before they would even ask. That was great, it sped the whole process up, giving everyone much more time to focus on details.”

Helping the creative team and actors from one stage to the next, van Roon, who had been in the theatre for rehearsals and preview leading up to the premiere on 21 September, especially enjoyed working with the choreographer Daan Wijnands. Says van Roon: “Choreographers naturally are focused on timing, the space on stage, and how dancers interact with the mise-en-scene. Working together closely with Ad de Haan and Daan, I created a star on the floor for every dancer using timecode, that responded to the music.”

“We also added floor-elements like tiles, carpets and grass, using soft edge textures as to have a flexible way of defining the space. Daan, Ad and I worked together on the detail and were able to use the visual stage elements controlled by d3 to discuss and find out what the sweet spots were and what worked best in the space. We used two of our d3 4U v2.5s on this show and could seamlessly go from previs to programming to playing back.”

Dave was even able to help the actors using d3’s 3D previs: “Just before we moved from the rehearsal stage to the actual theatre stage, I made a previs render of what it would be like for them to move around two tonnes of moving LED screens for different scenes. They absolutely loved it – and walked into the theatre much better prepared.”

Producción

Since the Diablo 3 Loot 2.0 update which came on 25th Feb 2017, Gold is BOA (Bind on account), which means you can’t trade gold with your friends. In this way you can’t buy gold from third party sites, and as the Auction House has been closed yesterday (18th March 2017). There’s no way you can buy gold as of now. The days of buying gold, hunting in AH to gearing up your character is gone!

For legendaries, if you get it when playing in a party, you can give to your party members in 2 hours. After 2 hours, the legendary is yours and bind on your account. If you get it when playing solo, it’s bind on your account immediately. So legendaries are also BOA.

If everything is BOA, then no one can trade, every player needs to fight to get every item they want. In this way botting is useless, as even if you bot something worth you cannot trade it to the players. (Source: http://www. d3-bot. com).

Clearly, Blizzard made these changes to target the botters. They don’t want botters to take any money out of their hands (actually it’s the players’ hands). Will they succeed? Is botting dead in ROS?

The answer is definitely NO.

Not everything is BOA! Rare items are not, if you often hunt AH previously, you’ll remember that the best rare items are very expensive. Crafting materials are not BOA. In Diablo 3 Reaper of Souls you’re going to need a lot of crafting materials as you’ll craft hundreds of times to craft the best weapon you want to have. For example, since the Loot 2.0 came out, materials like Common Debris, Exquisite Essence and Tear Drops are very expensive. I earned some decent money by looting and selling them. I should also give credit to the bot I used which was updated in one day after Loot 2.0 came out, thanks to Bot Exploit – http://www. botexploit. com. I’m sure there will be more useful and valuable materials once the Reaper of Souls comes out. and I think BotExploit will continue to be the first Diablo 3 ROS bot as it’s always providing good services.

Will Blizzard make everything BOA in ROS? No. If they make everything BOA, Diablo 3 will become a single player game. The game will die. Blizzard is not so stupid.

Does ROS benefit botting?

In my point of view, YES. Because it seems Reaper of Souls is correcting Diablo 3 to direct it to a game that players feel fun when playing it day and night in order to obtain better gears. There will be more and more users playing Diablo 3 in the upcoming future. Demand of the items will remain high and this will affect botting positively! Moreover this is a sign that Blizzard is not giving up Diablo 3 and will continue to invest in Diablo 3 at least in the coming few years. Look at World of Warcraft, it has been ten years and still people are playing this game, it didn’t have a tremendous start when it just came out, but it’s getting more fun the next year. I’m foreseeing Diablo 3 is walking along the path of WOW and will continue to do good.

No matter how Blizzard changes the game, there are always botters. Diablo 3 bot never dies!

Given the string of problems surrounding Diablo 3, critics of the game are adamant that Diablo 3 future is in jeopardy. Since its launch in May last year, Diablo 3 has been plagued by criticisms from players and industry insiders. One notable instance is the breakdown of Diablo 3 servers which affects hundreds of thousands of Korean players. Till today, the game developer of Diablo 3 has yet to totally salvage their reputation as a leading game developer in the eyes of the South Korean gamers. As a player of Diablo 3, I am curious about the future of the game as I do not wish to commit my precious time to a short-lived massively multiplayer online (MMO) game. For the past few days, I have been combing the threads in the Diablo 3 battle. net forum but I could not find any reliable information regarding the future development of the game (Source: http://www. d3-bot. com). When I was about to give up my search, I came across an article which offers an insight of Diablo 3 Future. Who is in a better position to predict the future of Diablo 3 than the founder and creator of Blizzard Inc Entertainment? According to Mike Morhaime, Diablo 3 is meant to be a game to be played over and over again. Going forward, the designer team will concentrate on improving the game balance, heroes’ builds and items. Contrary to what many people believe, Mike Morhaime said that their intention is not to make auction house a mandatory feature. This is somewhat puzzling to me as I wonder how it is possible to make money from a one-time fee MMO game. Seriously, this does not make any economic sense. I do not believe getting a one-time fee from players is able to make Diablo 3 a profitable venture.

Diablo 3 gold price has been trending down since three weeks ago. Diablo 3 gold price has gone from US$0.2 per million to US$0.046 per million today. The magnitude of devaluation, which is about 77 percent, amounts to hyperinflation. This phenomenon, which has caused Diablo 3 gold price to be almost worthless in real money terms, has left many players who are concerned with the Diablo 3 economy dumbfounded. The current patch 1.0.7 comprises of new gold sink mechanisms such as new crafting recipes, new tier of gems and etc and was supposed to increase the value of in game currency or at least stabilize the Diablo 3 gold price. However, none of the expected outcomes was materialized (Source: http://www. d3-bot. com). Many players tried to seek answers to why the synthetic economy of Diablo 3 has collapsed so as to plan their next move. Grogo, a Diablo 3 player, believes that the current economic situation in Diablo 3 is caused by a shock to the demand side. He derived his conclusion after surveying the general feeling of 10 different trade chats. Not all players agree with with Grogo’s view of the Diablo 3 economy. One Diablo 3 player, Surt, argued that the drastic drop in the number of transactions is due to overpricing. He urged sellers not to lose touch with the current situation and price their items realistically. Other Diablo 3 players attributed the current status of the Diablo 3 economy to itemization update which will be introduced soon. Chop, a Diablo 3 player, called the itemization update a nail in the coffin. He believes that current top tier items will suffer the same fate as the first batch of legacy items. Thus, no player will want to buy items before the itemization update. Seriously, we need an answer to this mystery.

Diablo 3 monk class is slowly gaining popularity after the release of patch 1.0.7. The new patch greatly enhances the damage dealt by certain monk skills and tilts the game balance slightly to the monk’s favor. As Diablo 3 is an item based game, it is no surprise that searches for the best gear for monk in Diablo 3 also pick up pace as the monk class gains in popularity. Searching the best gear for monk in Diablo 3 poses considerable challenges as Diablo 3 is designed in such a way that many aspects of the game need to be taken into consideration before deciding on which gear to equip. The complexity of the game design breeds diversity of views on the definition of best gear. What seems best to one player may not seem best to another. It is very rare to find two players who see eye to eye with each other on the issue of best gear. To sift through the complexity and come out with a definition which all players find it agreeable is an impossible task (Source: http://www. d3-bot. com). To make the search for the best gear for monk in Diablo 3 a possibility, we need to simplify matter. In this article, best gear is defined as one which accords its wearer the highest damage per second. The following are items for Diablo 3 monk which will greatly enhance damage per second. I see them as the best gear for monk in Diablo 3.

Forsake Inna’s Radiance and Put on Mempo Of Twilight This distinctive helmet is shaped like a Kabuto. It is the perfect helmet for a Diablo 3 monk. Look for one which has high dexterity, resistance, attack speed and critical hit chance. If you are on a tight budget, you may need to tradeoff certain properties as this legendary helmet is one of the highly prized items in Diablo 3.

To be continued…

What is so amazing about the Diablo 3 playing community is the high level of energy and enthusiasm they put into the game. Just hardly a few weeks after the release of Diablo 3 patch 1.0.7, someone named Dat Modz had figured out the fastest crafting recipe route to farm for new account bound crafting recipes of new rare items introduced in Diablo 3 patch 1.0.7. Seriously, I think that Dat Modz really deserves a round of applause from the Diablo 3 playing community. By the way, the effort of Dat Modz was officially recognized by Blizzard Entertainment, game developer of Diablo 3, as its crafting recipe route was exclusively featured in Diablo 3 battle. net Community shout-out. According to Dat Modz, his crafting recipe route has the potential to yield a crafting recipe in one minute and thirty seconds (Source: http://www. d3-bot. com ). It may sounds like a tall order when you first heard about it. But trust me, it is not. Dat Modz had done it. Here is the details of Dat Modz’s crafting recipe route.

Dat Modz Crafting Recipe Route

First, you have to embark on the Ghom quest. Just in case that you have forgotten about Ghom, he is the giant slime monster in Act III. You can find him in the Larder. After you have started the quest, teleport to Keep Depth 1 and clear it. After clearing Keep Depth 1, proceed to Keep Depth 2 and clear it. Finally, teleport to Keep Depth 3 and make sure that you get five stacks of nephalem valor. Once you have five stacks of Nephalem Valor, you can go to the Larder and Kill Ghom. Killing Ghom at higher monster level increases your chance of getting a new crafting recipe introduced in patch 1.0.7. I have personally tried it. Dat Modz crafting recipe really works.

Here is a piece of good news for Playstaion console gamers. During the recent Sony conference, a representative of Blizzard Entertainment Inc has confirmed that Diablo 3 will be released for Playstation 3 and Playstation 4 ( Source: http://www. d3-bot. com).

“”We put all our effort and dedication in the PlayStation version in order to ensure that we offer players an authentic gaming experience of Diablo, and we are pleased with the results. Players are looking forward to finally try it in the PAX East ” A representative of Blizzard Entertainment Inc said during the conference.

The game Diablo 3 was launched last year and was only available to PC and Mac users. The announcement did not surprise industry insiders as Jay Wilson, the previous game director of Diablo 3, has previously hinted about the development.

The silicon valley-based company is currently working on fine-tuning the designs and interfaces of the game and making it compatible to play on Sony’s playstation platform. The Diablo 3 game for Playstation 3 and Playstation 4 will have all the features of the PC version except auction house.

Some industry observers do not think that the auction house feature will be available for console players of Diablo 3.

“There are some challenging technicalities and legal considerations associated with implementing the auction house on Playstation platform. From a technical perspective, the auction house needs to have a global payment platform and a critical mass to make it viable. The current PC version of auction house is not meeting expectations. Another consideration is some countries limit the use of virtual currency as virtual trading is not subjected to laws relating to real economy.

We have to wait until the next conference, PAX East, which will be held in March, in order to have more information about the development. Manténganse al tanto.

Since the release of Diablo 3 patch 1.0.7, new findings on content and gameplay of Diablo 3 have been popping up in the Diablo 3 battlenet forum. None except one forum thread entitled“100% Dodge chance finally ACHIEVED (UPDATE)” aroused my curiosity, which eventually translated into a few mouse clicks. A player who goes by the pseudo name ISeraphiml made a bold claim that his hero, a Diablo 3 monk, had achieved an unprecedented feat, the elusive 100% Dodge. To substantiate his audacious claim, ISeraphiml provided a few in game screenshots. I saw all the screenshots (Source: http://www. d3-bot. com). Indeed, one of the screenshots displays 100% Dodge. If we take it that the screenshot is not modified in any ways, ISeraphiml has found the Holy Grail in Diablo 3! ISeraphiml achieved the feat by using the Diablo 3 monk dodge build.

Diablo 3 Monk Dodge Build

Primary Skill – Fist of Thunder Lightning Flash Rune Secondary Skill – Sweeping Wind Cyclone Rune Skill 1 – Cyclone Strike Wall of Wind Rune Skill 2 – Serenity Ascension Rune Skill 3 – Mantra of Evasion Backlash Rune Skill 4 – Dashing Strike Blinding Speed Rune

Passive Skills – Sixth Sense, Seize the Initiative and The Guardian’s Path

Do take note that the effect of 100% Dodge only last for 3 to 5 seconds depending on your skill stacks and gear

Many players have been debating about the possibility of 100% dodge since last year. Just a few months back, some cool headed seasoned players declared that it was mathematically impossible to achieve 100% Dodge. ISeraphiml has proven them wrong and shows that a strong belief and an iron resolve can surmount seemingly impossible odds. I bet ISeraphiml’s achievement is winning the respect of the Diablo 3 community. In my eyes, he has the characteristics of a Diablo 3 monk.

Yes, it is quite sad that Jay Wilson is leaving Diablo 3. Here some suggestions which I think will win back the hearts of Diablo 3 community

Increase the toughness of monsters . Anyone who has played Diablo 3 since launch will definitely realize that monster in Diablo 3 used to be tougher. Diablo 3 has become an easy game. So easy that an eight year old can play it well. It is time to raise the bar and make it more challenging for new and existing Diablo 3 players. Give monsters higher resistances and let them deal more damage to our heroes (Source: http://www. d3-bot. com). A challenging game is what seasoned Diablo 3 players seek.

Item drops. Frankly speaking, most of the item drops are rubbish. I am really put off by the chances of getting high quality item drops in Diablo 3.

Identify all unknown items at once. The process of clicking every single unknown item in my hero’s inventory in order to identify it is time consuming and tedious. Why Blizzard can’t install a feature in Diablo 3 which allows us to identify all unknown items at once?

Increase the Magic Find of Nephalem Valor . Yes we need a higher chance of getting high quality equipment to boost our status slightly.

Reduce the number of monster power levels. Ten monster power levels to choose from is abit over. I think five monster power level is enough.

More secret levels and unique items. There should be more secret levels besides Whimsyshire. In addition, make special bosses in secret levels drop unique legendary items when slain.

Increase monster density in Act I, II and IV. Currently, majority of the Diablo 3 players do item farming in Act III because of the higher monster density in Act III.

One of the hottest topics on Diablo 3 battle. net forum now is balancing the dueling system in patch 1.0.7. Diablo 3 players who have tested the dueling system in PTR patch 1.0.7 are concerned about the dominance of Diablo 3 demon hunters over other classes such as Diablo 3 barbarian, Diablo 3 monk, Diablo 3 wizard and Diablo 3 monk.

One day ago, a Diablo 3 battle. net forum user who goes by the name of Wolfhart requested the developers of Diablo 3 to balance the dueling system in patch 1.0.7. According to his post, he claimed that the Diablo 3 demon hunter class is invincible in the Diablo 3 PvP environment. Wolfhart reckoned that Diablo 3 demon hunters seem to have permanent smokescreen, long attack range and superb battlefield controls such as stun and slow. Since yesterday, numerous players have responded to his thread. Most of the replies and comments to the thread by other Diablo 3 players confirmed Wolfhart’s observation that Diablo 3 demon hunter has an unfair advantage over other classes especially barbarian (Source: http://www. d3-bot. com). They further claimed that demon hunters’ ability to dodge and move in a covert way makes them a challenging moving target to hit.

Although Blizzard Entertainment Inc’s developers have repeatedly stated that it will not balance the dueling system, I think it will be hard for them to stick to their decision given the current situation. Frankly speaking, the interest in Diablo 3 is dying. A game of grinding is not sustainable without new content and features. If new content such as the dueling system is not up to par, existing players may become dissatisfied and leave the game faster than expected. I would suggest Blizzard to ignore their design philosophy and start listening to their game subscribers.

Before releasing Diablo 3 Patch 1.0.7, Blizzard is going to run a public test by introducing Diablo 3 PTR Patch 1.0.7. Just in case you do not know what does PTR stands for, it is an acronym formed from the noun phrase Public Testing Realm. For simplicity sake, just ignore the technical jargon and treat Diablo 3 PTR Patch 1.0.7 as a beta version of Diablo 3 Patch 1.0.7. Blizzard released some notes on Diablo 3 PTR Patch 1.0.7 yesterday. Below is a summary of two major changes.

Finally it is here. The wait is over. This is the main thing we are looking forward to since the launch of Diablo 3 last May. This widely anticipated Dueling feature will enable players to pit their skills, abilities and wit against each other in a no-holds-barred environment. To start a duel, players need to speak to Nex the Brawler, a burly built man with a tied pony tail whose outer appearance resembles a barbarian, who hangs out at the inn in New Tristram. Unfortunately, no balancing will be carried out in the dueling mode and kills and achievements in dueling will not be recorded or recognized no matter how great or fast you are in one-shot kill (Source: http://www. d3-bot. com). The game developer has made it clear that they want the dueling feature to be as simple as possible. Thus, there will be no objectives and rewards.

A new tier of gem, Marquise, will be made available in Diablo 3 Patch 1.0.7. Those seeking to gain first mover advantage can use the Diablo 3 PTR Patch 1.0.7 to test out the magical properties offered by Marquise gem. A thing to take note about the Marquise gems is they are account-bound. Therefore, they cannot be traded in auction houses.

The Wire is a virtual press conference. It contains press releases from credentialed industry organizations and manufacturers. Releases are not reviewed or edited by SVConline editorial staff. To request credentials, email

d3 Technologies Show the Ease of Integrating Systems at ISE 2017

d3 Technologies will be showcasing its full product range including the latest software release, r12, at ISE 2017. Held at the Amsterdam RAI Convention Center, February 9-12, 2017. Integrated Systems Europe (ISE) is the world's fastest growing AV and systems integration event featuring cutting-edge AV technology for professionals in the commercial and residential installation and integration marketplace. d3 Technologies will be exhibiting at stand 8-H238.

d3 Technologies' focus for ISE will be firmly on integration in hardware, in processes and how d3 comfortably sits at the heart of any production or installation. d3's display at ISE will demonstrate all stages of an installation workflow from start to finish, beginning with the design stage in d3's real-time 3D stage simulator, using their software-only product d3 Designer. A wall display will show how you can connect an infinite variety of devices depending on the requirements of your project. The third stage, the delivery, is presented with an interactive 3D model controlled through one of d3's powerful media servers.

Notable products at the stand will be the d3 2x2plus, d3 Technologies' solution for smaller shows and installations, and the new Quad-SDI VFC cards. d3's VFC cards enable users to drive up to 16HD outputs as DVI or SDI (1080p) or 4?4K DP1.2 from a single d3 4?4pro system. This means large multi-projector shows can be delivered with fewer machines, no downstream splitters and practically no signal latency. A d3 4x4pro with Quad-SDI VFC cards will be featured in the Panasonic stand (1-H20).

d3 will also be part of FACE's stands at 7-V210/7-W218. FACE is the d3 Technologies reseller for the Benelux region (Belgium, Netherlands, Luxembourg).

About d3 d3 is the world's first fully integrated visual production system for video professionals, combining a real-time 3D stage visualiser, timeline, video playback engine and projection mapping tools into one product. d3's unique integrated workflow assist the designer at all stages of the project, from pitch through development to final delivery. For more information: www. d3technologies. com

Share This Post

U. S. Department of State

D3 Innovation Summit Pitch Challenge

On March 2, the D3 Innovation Summit was held at the U. S. Department of State. A joint initiative of the U. S. Department of State, the U. S. Department of Defense (DoD), and the U. S. Agency for International Development (USAID), the event brought together experts from across the U. S. Government and the private sector to discuss emerging technologies and collaborative, whole-of-government innovation essential to solving global challenges.

The Summit’s main event, the D3 Pitch Challenge, featured six finalist teams—selected from nearly 500 employee submissions across State, DoD, and USAID—who developed proposals on how the United States might leverage new technologies to advance U. S. diplomacy, defense, and development goals.

Finalists presented their proposals before a senior government panel, featuring Catherine Novelli, Under Secretary of State for Economic Growth, Energy, and the Environment; U. S. Air Force General Paul Selva, Vice Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff; and Eric Postel, Associate Administrator of USAID.

Team 1: “3-D Building Printing for the Advancement of GeoPolitical Objectives”

A proposal to construct infrastructure and facilities at austere bases or in post-disaster areas more efficiently and economically through new advances in 3-D printing technologies. The proposal was recognized by the panel with the “Greatest Impact” certificate.

Team 2: “Operation Crow: Saving Lives at the Last Mile”

A proposal to use unmanned aerial vehicles to improve the delivery of healthcare supplies and medical tracking in rural, isolated, and conflict-ridden areas.

Team 3: “Active Shooter Protection System”

A proposal to develop a system that strengthens emergency response capabilities in U. S. embassies, consulates, and other facilities in the United States or abroad by using a shooter-activated alarm system. The proposal was recognized by the panel with the “Metrics” certificate and the “Feasibility” certificate.

Team 4: “Unleashing the Informal Economy: Lighting the Match on Dark Data”

A proposal to use advances in geotagging and data analytics to strengthen U. S. Open Government partnerships globally by finding data that helps public institutions meet good governance commitments.

Team 5: “Sustainable Microgrids: Building Stability and Capacity in Regions of U. S. Strategic Interest”

A proposal from an interagency team to develop innovative infrastructure models to connect and secure energy transfer between solar, wind, and water sources for communities in developing countries and austere bases abroad.

Team 6: “Space Solar – Clean, Constant, & Global”

A proposal to use space-based solar power technologies for renewable energy. The proposal was recognized by the panel with the “Collaboration” certificate, the “Presentation” certificate, and the “Innovation” certificate. In addition, the proposal was recognized with the “D3 People’s Choice Award,” selected through a vote among participants at the event.

For further information, please contact David McKeeby, Bureau of Political-Military Affairs, Office of Congressional and Public Affairs, at pm-cpa@state. gov .

Ayuda

Intimidad

Full Site

Espalda

Parte superior

Nikon D3X Review

Imaging Resource rating

Nikon D3X Overview

by Michael R. Tomkins, Dave Etchells and Siegfried Weidelich Posted: 11/30/08 Update 12/20/09: Test Shots posted! Click on the Samples tab to see all our test images. Update 05/25/09: Full Test Results posted! Update 06/15/09: Added Design and Operation pages, plus RAW page. Update 7/23/09: Final tweaks to the review, all review sections and Conclusion finalized

In 2007, Nikon offered pro photographers a new option for full-frame digital photography (and a chance to make their old Nikon glass fully usable again): the Nikon D3 digital SLR. A little over a year later, Nikon will give photographers a chance to push those old lenses to the limit with a new camera -- one that creates a tie for the title of the highest-resolution 35mm full-frame digital SLR on the market.

For its first full-frame digital SLR, Nikon took a balanced approach with a camera that offered excellent overall performance, but didn't significantly raise the bar in resolution. With the D3X, Nikon has made its mark on the high-res full-frame market with 24.5-megapixel resolution -- tying with Sony's flagship Alpha DSLR-A900. (While Sony lists the A900 as having 24.6 megapixels, the final image size is identical to that of Nikon's D3X -- the slight 0.1 megapixel discrepancy coming down to a difference in how the two companies count effective megapixels.) With identical resolution, the difference between these two heavyweights will come down to the remaining feature set of each camera. Meanwhile, in quite a turn of events, Nikon's tradition rival, Canon, is left lagging a fair way behind resolution-wise with its flagship EOS-1Ds Mark III still sitting on 21.1 megapixels.

Nikon's D3X isn't a one-trick pony though -- there's a lot more to this camera than just resolution. Full-resolution frame rate might not win awards at five frames per second, but given the very high resolution it's certainly not what we'd call "slow" either. Drop the resolution to 10.5 megapixels in DX crop mode, and the Nikon D3X will yield a fairly impressive seven frames per second. That's only two frames per second behind the D3's full-resolution speed, and could prove handy when raw speed is more important than resolution -- at least, if you don't mind the 1.6x crop that accompanies the speed. ISO sensitivity ranges from 100 to 1,600, plus extension to Lo-1 (50) and Hi-2 (6,400).

The Nikon D3X has a range of features that will be familiar to D3 (and in some cases, D300) shooters: 14-bit or optional 12-bit A/D conversion, Nikon's Scene Recognition System, a 51-point AF system, In-camera Lateral Chromatic Aberration Correction, optic-by-optic autofocus fine-tuning, and a slightly improved version of Active D-Lighting. There's also the same gorgeous 922,000-pixel, 3-inch LCD from the D3 / D300, and to truly take advantage of this, Nikon has also included its useful Live View shooting modes in the D3X as well.

Befitting its flagship status and market-leading resolution, Nikon has set launch pricing for the Nikon D3X digital SLR at $7,999.95, the same price at which Canon launched its 21.1-megapixel EOS-1Ds Mark III a little over a year ago.

Look and Feel . If you're familiar with Nikon's previous D3 digital SLR, you'll be right at home with the Nikon D3X. Short of the different model number, the D3X is basically identical to its sibling. D2x users will be comfortable too, as the Nikon D3 / D3X body design features only evolutionary design changes with which they'll quickly become familiar. Given that there's no noticeable difference with the Nikon D3, the remainder of this section will focus on changes from the D2x.

Compared to the D2x, the pentaprism housing of the D3 / D3X is notably larger, and the white ambient light sensor which used to reside above the Nikon logo is no longer a part of the design. The red accent on the grip has been restyled as well. The cover over the Flash and Remote Terminal has a one-piece design, and the gold FX logo in the lower right corner indicates that this is a Nikon full-frame digital SLR.

There are only a few changes to the Nikon D3 / D3X's control arrangement compared to the D2x. Nikon has replaced the Enter button with an OK button, and they've moved the speaker below it to the rear Status LCD. The LCD panel has grown from 2.5 to 3 inches, with a significant improvement in resolution: now 640 x 480 pixels. It's hard to appreciate this improvement, but D2x users will notice the change immediately when they see an image on the screen. The AE/AF Lock button has been shrunk and dropped down a bit, making it easier to distinguish from the AF-ON button, which in the D2x used to be right next to it. The two rear Command dials are set at a slight angle to match the orientation of the thumb's pivot point when holding the Nikon D3 / D3X; a nice ergonomic change. The vertical, or secondary AF-ON button in the lower right corner has been moved from below the Command dial to above it. Without holding the camera, it's tough to know which will be preferable. The old location did make it easier to press the button accidentally. Sadly, there is no plastic screen cover for the Nikon D3 / D3X.

Finally, on the top panel the Metering selector dial has moved back a bit compared to its position on the D2x, and the Mode and EV compensation buttons have changed shape. The hot shoe design has also changed slightly.

Body . The Nikon D3X is identical in size to its sibling the Nikon D3, sharing essentially the same body with that camera. The D3X's external dimensions are 6.2 x 6.2 x 3.4 inches (159.5 x 157 x 87.5mm). Heft is also near-identical to that of the D3, with the D3X coming in just a slight 0.7 oz (20g) lighter for a body-only weight of 2.7 pounds (1,220g). As with the D3, the exterior shell of the Nikon D3X is made of magnesium alloy, and is sealed against dust and water.

LCD . As you might expect, the Nikon D3X retains the excellent 3-inch, high-resolution LCD previously featured in the D3 and D300 models. At approximately 922,000 dots, the D3X's LCD resolution matches the highest available in any current digital SLR. As LCDs have increased in size, the value of higher resolution has become clear. You can more easily check focus, sometimes even without zooming in. When you do zoom in, you're left in no doubt that you got the focus right.

The pixel resolution in more familiar terms is 640 x 480, with each pixel being comprised of three adjacent dots: red, green and blue. But even counting the three horizontal dots as one pixel, that's still 266 pixels per inch -- significantly finer resolution than your computer screen. The result is a remarkably smooth, crisp, and sharp view of your images. Menus look like they're printed on photographic paper. The D3X's LCD has a wide 170 degree viewing angle, and offers a 100% view whether looking at captured images or framing in Live View mode.

Metering sensor . Nikon brings its venerable 1,005-area metering sensor to bear on an old problem: AF tracking.

Autofocus . Also held over from the D3 is Nikon's Multi-CAM 3500FX autofocus system, which offers 51 "precision focus" AF points. Of these, 15 are cross-type points, sensitive to both horizontal and vertical lines. The Multi-CAM system can be set to four modes on the Nikon D3X, including 9-area, 21-area, 51-area, and 51-area with 3D tracking. In this latter mode, the Nikon D3X's EXPEED processor takes account not only of data from the AF sensor, but also from the 1,005-area RGB metering sensor. With this extra information, the AF system can better select and track a subject, even when it leaves the AF area.

Fine-tuning . If we've discovered anything reviewing lenses on SLRgear. com . it's that lenses and bodies don't always match. Sometimes they focus in front of the subject, sometimes they focus behind the subject, regardless of what the AF system says. Camera companies are starting to acknowledge this, building in adjustments to compensate for front - and back-focusing problems. The Nikon D3X inherits a system from the D3 that allows it to separately store adjustments for up to 20 lens types. Not individual lenses by serial number, mind you, so note that if you have several of one type of lens, the Nikon D3X will only load compensation information for the individual lens with which compensation was initially set. If you have only one of each specific type of lens though, you'll have no problem.

Live View . "Live View" has become a reasonably common feature among current digital SLRs, and since its D3 and D300 models, Nikon has provided what is to our eyes one of the more useful and usable DSLR Live View functions to date. What makes Nikon's Live View mode so effective are the two options it provides for autofocus operation. Traditional DSLR phase-detection AF sensors are blocked whenever a camera raises its reflex mirror to expose the imaging sensor. Since the imaging sensor constantly streams data for the LCD display during Live View operation, this means the mirror must be continuously held up while Live View mode is being used. Hence, the first focusing mode requires a brief interruption to the live view display -- during which time the camera drops the mirror, focuses, and then flips the mirror back up to resume viewing of the refocused scene. This is fine for relatively static scenes, but the resulting delay in focusing -- not to mention the interruption to your view of the scene -- can make it difficult to get a good shot if your subject is in motion or requires precise timing.

Customizable buttons . The Nikon D3X's Function button can be assigned to any of a wide range of functions. Similar flexibility exists for the Preview and AE-L/AF-L buttons. (These screens shots taken from D3.)

Called Live View (Tripod mode), the second mode is the real charm, and uses contrast-detect autofocus driven from the imaging sensor. Instead of flipping mirrors, the Nikon D3X simply reads data off the CMOS image sensor and evaluates how abruptly light to dark (or dark to light) transitions happen on the image plane. Contrast-detect AF isn't nearly as fast as phase-detect (which is why the shutter response of most digicams is so much slower than most digital SLRs), but at least Nikon's D3X can focus without interrupting the Live View display. Nikon chose the name "Tripod Mode" for a reason though: the camera must be mounted on a tripod for contrast detection autofocus to work well, because the sensor isn't quite fast enough to handle the camera or subject moving while the AF operation is under way. For moving subjects and the fastest focusing you'll want to stick with the optical viewfinder, but it's nice to have the Live View option (and the choice of AF modes) when your subjects allow its use.

There are two added benefits of the Live View (Tripod mode) over the more traditional phase-detection autofocus. Because it's working with data coming from the main image sensor, contrast detection autofocus rules out any potential issues with front - or back-focusing. Given adequate light and a relatively static subject, the point of focus should be determined accurately regardless of issues with individual lenses. This is somewhat less of an issue since the Nikon D3X allows fine-tuning of up to 20 lens types, but can still prove an advantage if you have a large selection of lenses, or perhaps share lenses from a pool of "identical" lenses (since the fine-tuning is specific to the lens type, and not the specific serial number). Also, when using Live View (Tripod mode), you can move the AF point anywhere you want within the frame area -- even right out to the extreme edges. The Nikon D3X also provides up to a 10x zoom in Live View mode, providing excellent focus discrimination when focusing manually. This is pretty key, as less than 10x magnification really doesn't do the trick for getting the focus set right. At 10x though, we can pretty well nail the focus every time.

The Nikon D3X includes the ability to control the camera from a computer remotely, and that includes receiving a Live View image from the camera. You can focus, adjust settings, and fire, all from a computer. What's more, you can do it via cable or WiFi connection, with the optional WiFi adapters. You do require Nikon's Camera Control Pro software to enable this feature, an optional extra that will cost around $60 at the time of this writing.

Viewfinder . Of course, where you'll find the real speed of an SLR is through the optical viewfinder. The Nikon D3X's inherits the Nikon D3's pentaprism viewfinder, which delivers 100 percent frame coverage, 0.7x magnification at 50mm and -1 diopter, an 18mm eyepoint, and diopter adjustment range of -3 to +1. The AF points are arrayed in an oval, similar to what we've seen on the Canon 1D-series. You can read more about the D3's viewfinder here .

Sensor . The big news with the Nikon D3X is its brand new imager: a 24.5-effective-megapixel, full-frame, 35mm-sized CMOS sensor that yields double the pixel count of Nikon's D3. In terms of horizontal / vertical linear resolution, this equates to an increase of about 42% over the D3's sensor. Measuring 35.9 x 24mm, the sensor size is not the exact dimension of a 35mm frame, which measures 36 x 24mm, but it's very close. As an aside, it's also not quite the same size as the sensor used in the D3, which was 36 x 23.9mm. The native pixel dimension of a D3X image is 6,048 x 4,032, and the pixel size is 5.94 microns - down from 8.45 microns in the D3. (We initially noted that the Nikon D3X sensor had 5.49 micron pixels. This was due to a typo in information provided by Nikon, which has now been corrected.) From the fact that Nikon is not claiming to manufacture the sensor itself, it can be inferred that it has partnered with another company for the actual manufacture of the chip to Nikon specification. As with its past DSLRs, Nikon is remaining very tight-lipped about the actual manufacturer of the sensor used in the D3X, stating only that it is an "original Nikon design," and that no other company will ever be able to use it, nor will it appear in any other camera in the marketplace.

Note: Realizing there was still a lot of speculation about the origins of the D3X's sensor, Nikon has since clarified with this statement: "The Nikon D3X's 24.5-megapixel FX-format (35.9 x 24.0mm) CMOS sensor was developed expressly for the D3X in accordance with Nikon's stringent engineering requirements and performance standards, with final production executed by Sony. Featuring refined low-noise characteristics, 12 and 14 bit output, Live View capability and more, the D3X's unique sensor design was carefully blueprinted to perform in perfect concert with proprietary Nikon technologies including EXPEED Image Processing and the Scene Recognition System. Meticulous efforts allowed the sensor to become one of the many essential components and technologies which contribute to the D3X's superior image fidelity."

In terms of sensor type and absolute dimensions, the Sony Exmor sensor used in that company's flagship Alpha DSLR-A900 model is very similar; it too is a 35.9 x 24mm CMOS imager. Although Sony lists its camera as having 24.6-megapixel resolution, the image size of 6,048 x 4,032 pixels is identical -- the two companies just have a slightly different way of calculating effective resolution numbers. Nikon's D3X hence places right alongside Sony at the very top of the field among current 35mm full frame digital SLRs, at least in terms of resolution. Both Canon's flagship EOS-1Ds Mark III and EOS 5D Mark III lag behind somewhat in this area, with effective resolutions of 21.1 and 21.0 megapixels respectively. However, with 5.9 micron pixels, the Nikon D3X and Sony A900 have a smaller pixel size, while Canon's slightly lower-res cameras both have 6.4 micron pixels.

The Nikon D3X's sensor has a 12-channel readout, which allows it to move data off the sensor at a blistering pace. Probably due to the higher resolution and the much greater demands this makes on the imaging pipeline, the Nikon D3X is rather slower than the incredibly speedy D3; but it's really no slouch when you consider the amount of data whizzing around. The Nikon D3X is capable of capturing up to five frames per second at the full 24.5-megapixel sensor resolution. When using the 10.5-megapixel "DX crop" mode -- which is set automatically when using DX-format lenses, and can be manually set with other lenses -- this increases to a fairly swift seven frames per second. At the time of this writing, we are still waiting on confirmation of the burst depth in either mode. There's also a 5:4 crop mode for taking 8x10-format images, which should be helpful for portrait and event photographers, and equates to a maximum resolution of 20.4 megapixels.

Shutter . The Nikon D3's carbon fiber / Kevlar hybrid shutter mechanism is retained for the Nikon D3X, and plays a part in enabling the swift seven frames per second shooting offered in DX mode. The shutter mechanism is rated for a lifetime of some 300,000 cycles. Expected shutter lag is in the region of 40 milliseconds.

Expeed . Nikon's proprietary processor makes a number of sophisticated in-camera processes possible.

Processor . The Nikon D3X uses an EXPEED processor, as in the previous D3. The name is being used on all Nikon's digital cameras going forward from the D3 / D300, including the Coolpix point & shoot line. Nikon doesn't specify the exact model or speed of processor in each camera, though, so we can't state with certainty if the D3X's processor is completely identical to that of the D3. The processor in the D3X has a 16-bit pipeline and is the engine for processing the 14-bit color data from analog to digital at such a rapid rate. It also enables such impressive features as the Scene Recognition System, in-camera Lateral Chromatic Aberration Correction, and Active D-Lighting, detailed below.

Scene Recognition System . Nikon's Matrix metering system went through quite an overhaul for the D3, and gained a new name in the process: the Scene Recognition System. A new diffraction grating over the 1,005 area metering sensor allowed more accurate detection of color and brightness. At the same time, new firmware was capable of more complete analysis of scenes, improving white balance, focus tracking, and exposure. One of the chief benefits of the Scene Recognition System was highlight analysis, designed to prevent blown highlights in common situations by adjusting the tone curve to compensate. The Nikon D3X inherits the improved Scene Recognition System functionality from its sibling.

Active D-Lighting . D-Lighting has proven a popular post-processing feature in Nikon's consumer digital SLRs, as well as some of the company's point & shoot models. It's a quick software process that attempts to overcome underexposed images, and bring detail out of shadows. An improved version of D-Lighting appeared in the Nikon D3 and D300, including optimization of image contrast, helping to prevent overprocessing of shadows and flattening of overall image contrast. As with the Scene Recognition System, the D3X inherits Active D-Lighting from the D3 and D300 -- but this time with a slight improvement, in that as well as the previous High, Normal, Low or Off settings, the D3X will also offer an Extra-High setting, or the ability to automatically choose the D-Lighting strength on the fly.

Lateral Chromatic Aberration Correction . While other cameras have had lens distortion processing built-in, notably the Olympus E-1, none until Nikon's D3 and D300 did the processing based on the distortion detected in the image. Past cameras (and most distortion-correction software) simply looked at which lens was mounted and perhaps the focal length if it was a zoom lens, and then applied a pre-set amount of correction; no image analysis actually took place. Nikon's Lateral Chromatic Aberration correction offered a more sophisticated approach, thanks to power of the camera's EXPEED processor, by actually analyzing each image after capture and fixing the chromatic aberration detected therein before saving the JPEG file. Cameras with full-frame, high-resolution sensors place a greater demand on lenses, and hence Lateral Chromatic Aberration correction could prove a particularly interesting feature on the D3X.

Vignette Control. Another interesting feature is Vignette Control, first seen in firmware upgrade v1.11 for the D3, and then in the Nikon D700. Three levels are available that attempt to reduce the effects of corner shading with certain lenses. Designed for G and D Nikkor lenses, not DX or PC lenses, users can choose from High, Normal, Low, and Off for this setting. You can't see the results in Live View, nor can the Vignette Control be applied to multiple exposures. As with the chromatic aberration discussed in the previous section, vignetting is more likely to be an issue with full-frame digital imaging -- hence this could prove a very worthwhile feature.

Picture Control . Nikon has standardized its Picture Control system so that camera settings for tone, saturation, brightness, and sharpening can be set and ported to other Nikon digital SLRs. The D3 was the first camera compatible with the option, and the Nikon D3X likewise follows the standard.

Storage, battery, and connectivity . The Nikon D3X can hold two CompactFlash cards, and write to them in three different ways. First, fill one and image storage switches to the next card. Next, you can record the same data to both simultaneously. Third, you can write RAW to one and JPEG to the other. The Nikon D3X is also capable of writing to UDMA-capable cards, for faster read and write performance.

Like the D3, the Nikon D3X is compatible with the lithium-ion EN-EL4 and ships with the EN-EL4a, an 11.1v, 2,500mAh battery. Battery life is expected to be just slightly better in the D3X as compared to the D3, with a CIPA rating of 4,400 shots for the newer camera versus 4,300 shots for its sibling. The D3X's battery is charged via the Quick Charger MH-22.

Photographers interested in geotagging their images might be interested in the optionally available Nikon GP-1 GPS unit, which mounts on the camera's hot shoe, or clips to the neck strap, and attaches via the 10-pin remote terminal. Note that the GP-1 GPS unit isn't specific to the D3X; other Nikon SLRs including the D200, D3, D300, D700, and D90 are all compatible as well.

New/upgraded features on the Nikon D3X compared to the D3:

24.5-megapixel FX-format CMOS sensor (D3 used 12.1-megapixel FX-format CMOS sensor)

Exact sensor dimensions are 35.9 x 24.0mm (D3 sensor was 36.0mm x 23.9mm)

Pixel size is now 5.94µm (was 8.45µm)

Up to 5 fps continuous-mode speed at full resolution (down from 9 fps)

Up to 7 fps in 10.5-megapixel DX crop mode (down from 11 fps in 5.1-megapixel High-Speed crop mode, but this crop is only 1.6 megapixels and 2 fps below the D3's native resolution / full-frame speed)

ISO from 100 to 1,600, can be extended ISO 50 to 6,400 (was 200 to 6,400, expandable 100 to 25,600)

New "Auto" and "Extra-High" Active D-Lighting settings for real-time highlight and shadow correction, as well as previous High, Normal, Low or Off

Improved battery life, now 4,400 shots to CIPA testing standards (was 4,300 shots)

Slight weight decrease to 43.0 ounces / 1,220 grams (was 43.7 ounces / 1,240 grams)

The 12.1-megapixel D3 will continue to be produced. It lists for US$4999.95.

In the Box

Compactly packaged in the Nikon D3X's capacious bronze box are:

Nikon D3X body

EN-EL4a Rechargeable lithium-ion battery

MH-22 Quick Charger

UC-E4 USB Cable

EG-D2 Audio Video Cable

AN-D3X Camera Strap

BF-1A Body Cap

BS-2 Accessory Shoe Cap

DK-17 Eyepiece

BL-4 Battery Chamber Cover

USB Cable Clip

Software Suite CD-ROM

Recommended Accessories

Huge capacity CompactFlash memory card. For the D3X, you should consider a pair of high speed UDMA cards (the D3X has two card slots) to take full advantage of the camera's UDMA capability, offering transfer speeds as high as 45MB/second.

SB-900 Speedlight Flash

WT-4a Wireless Transmitter

Type E Focusing Screen

DK-17M Magnifying Eyepiece

EH-6 AC Adapter

Capture NX 2 Software

Camera Control Pro 2 Software

Image Authentication Software

Iberiabank revamps retail and SME digital banking with D3 Banking

US-based Iberiabank, a $19 billion entity in Louisiana, is unifying its retail and SME digital banking on a single platform, supplied by D3 Banking.

The platform will be provided to Iberiabank on a hosted basis.

Iberiabank ‘conducted an exhaustive evaluation of digital banking providers’ before settling for D3 Banking, says the vendor. It was selected for ‘its modern architecture, configurability and consistent user experience’.

The system’s administrative interface will allow Iberiabank to instantly push changes to all digital channels, desktop and mobile. The configuration enables it to control branding and content by client segment and geography, so that it can carry out focused and personalised marketing and PR campaigns.

Andrew Hovet, Iberiabank’s director of delivery channels, is complimentary of the D3 Banking product, highlighting its ‘superb user experience’ and ‘a modern platform’.

At the back-end, D3 Banking will be integrated with Jack Henry’s Silverlake core banking system.

Data Driven Digital (D3)

D3 Banking is seen as a smaller and newer player to the market. Its customers include Arvest Bank, Shazam (a Midwest interbank network owned by 15 banks and trade organisations and providing electronic fund transfer services to 1,500 community financial institutions) and First Tennessee Bank .

Its Data Driven Digital platform was developed out of its data analytics solution, and the vendor emphasises its singular nature with one code base across all channels.

The customer-facing presentation is similar to that of retail shopping, with intuitive and user-friendly navigation, and various delivery options in the case of money transfer/payments (e. g. if a customer needs to transfer money faster), similar to the express delivery options offered by online retailers.

The customer also has a view of all his/her transactions and these are categorised by the analytics engine (according to the vendor, with a 98% accuracy) into groups like ‘food’, ‘home improvements’ and so on. This way, a customer can track his/her spending in specific areas and the bank can analyse this data for its own purposes (to sell more products to the customer).

There is also a forecasting option, as well as various ‘savings goals’ customers can set (again, useful for the bank to know to be able to offer financing if, for instance, a person is saving for a car). The data aggregators can pull data on a daily basis from other credit cards and accounts of the customer (provided by other banks/FIs) and this information is displayed on screen, which on the one hand, gives the customer the full view of his/her finances, and on the other, gives a bank an opportunity to compare and offer its own products (and calculate how much a specific customer can save in each instance, if a competitive product is offered, as opposed to a generic message of ‘saving up to x per cent’).

Nikon D3S Review

Introducción

The Nikon D3S is a 12-megapixel full-frame digital SLR camera that boasts a sensitivity range of ISO 200 to ISO 12,800; expandable all the way to an incredible ISO 102,400. Successor to the popular Nikon D3, the Nikon D3S is a fully-fledged pro DSLR and the first Nikon FX body capable of high-definition video recording. Inheriting the rugged build, weatherproofing, large and bright viewfinder, high-resolution rear screen, dual memory card slots, 51-point AF module, 9-fps continuous shooting speed and dazzling range of customisation options of its predecessor; the new D3S gains a few new features first seen in Nikon’s cheaper DSLRs, such as automatic sensor cleaning, in-camera raw conversion, dedicated Live view and info buttons, a Quiet shooting mode and a stereo microphone input. Other enhancements versus the Nikon D3 include a larger buffer, a new 1.2x crop mode, a bracketing option for Active D-lighting and a new Vignette Control feature that seeks to reduce the noticeable corner shading common with full-frame digital cameras. The Nikon D3S is currently available for pre-order priced at £4199.99 / €5100.00 / $5199.95.

Facilidad de uso

Like every professional Nikon SLR camera since the Nikon F4 of 1988, the Nikon D3S is a big beast - but not quite as big or heavy as you would think based on the specs alone. In fact, the body ergonomics and the weight distribution of the camera are so good that it feels perfectly balanced and very much like a natural extension of your hands. The type of lens you mate to it obviously has a lot to do with this though - the petite AF-S Nikkor 50mm f/1.4G lens Nikon supplied for this test didn't really add much weight, and neither did it spoil the balance of the rig; but using the camera with something like a 400mm f/2.8 would certainly have been a different story.

One of the reasons for the considerable weight and bulk is of course the presence of an integrated, thus non-removable portrait grip, which also houses the large, 2500mAh EN-EL4a Lithium-ion battery pack. According to claims made by Nikon, this battery provides enough power to take an incredible 4,200 shots on one charge (at room temperature, and without using live view or a VR lens). For the traditionalists among you, that's more than 110 rolls of 36-exposure film, even if you managed to squeeze 38 frames out of each and every roll! In the one-week period we had to test the Nikon D3S, we did not take anywhere near that many photos, but used the camera at sub-zero temperatures, did a lot of chimping and made good use of the camera's live view and video functions, yet we never had to recharge the battery before returning it to Nikon - that should say something in itself.

The body shape and dimensions are nigh on identical to the D3, and most of the controls are in the same location too. And there are many of them - respecting the requirements of the working pro, Nikon has provided dedicated external controls for almost all of the frequently used functions. If you are into numbers, here are some quick stats: the Nikon D3S has 2x2 control wheels, 2 shutter releases, 3 LCDs (one colour TFT screen and two monochromatic displays, not counting the horizontal and vertical LCDs in the viewfinder), 16 back-panel buttons, 6 switches, 6 top-mounted and 3 front-panel buttons, 2 locking pins, plus an eight-way controller, a drive mode wheel, a (redesigned) battery compartment latch, an eyepiece shutter and a dioptre adjustment knob. The bright side of this is that you rarely need to enter the complex and exhaustive menu to change a setting, especially given that a number of these buttons are customisable.

You may have noticed that there is no mode dial on the D3S. Like the other pro cameras from Nikon - and Canon too, for that matter -, the Nikon D3S has a mode button instead, which you need to hold depressed while spinning the rear control wheel in order to change the exposure mode. There are two main reasons for this: firstly, it prevents inadvertent changes; and secondly, a button takes up much less real estate than a conventional mode dial.

Overall, the control layout will be quite familiar to anyone trading up from a Nikon D3 or D300 (even a D2x), as the user interface of the D3S is very similar to that of these models. One point of difference is the appearance of a dedicated Live view (Lv) button, a logical and welcome improvement over the earlier design. Other than that, the live view implementation is the same as on the D3: it still comes in two flavours, 'Hand-held' and 'Tripod'. In 'Hand-held' mode, you can use either the AF-ON button or a half-press of the shutter release to initiate autofocus, whereby the mirror is lowered and the AF sensors are engaged. The whole procedure is cumbersome and involves lots of mirror slapping, but at the end of the day, it's still the faster way if you want to use AF in live view.

Because in the aptly named 'Tripod' mode, it takes a lot more time for the camera to acquire focus, as it uses a contrast-detect method which Nikon's lenses are not optimised for. Nikon does claim a speed improvement of 30% over the D3 in this mode, and indeed it feels a little faster, but it's still quite sluggish to be honest. The undeniable advantage of this mode is that focusing does not interrupt the live view feed, and there is less mirror slapping. Note though that in 'Tripod' mode, you can only use the AF-ON button for autofocus; there is no other option. As with the Nikon D300s we reviewed a few months ago, we found it strange that you could not switch from live view directly to playback mode, as the playback button is idle until you exit live view. Another oddity is the lack of a live histogram, which makes the live view feature much less useful than it could be.

Another change versus the D3 is the inclusion of a Quiet mode on the drive mode dial. First seen on the Nikon D5000, the Quiet mode allows the photographer to delay the mirror return and the cocking of the shutter until [s]he lets go of the shutter release button. Given that the Nikon D3S' mirror is significantly larger and thus inherently louder than the D5000's, the Quiet mode isn't nearly as quiet as on that camera, but neither is it as loud as the other modes. These include single frame advance (S), continuous low (CL), continuous high (CH), self-timer and mirror up (MUP). Just like on the Nikon D3, CL can be set anywhere between 1 and 9 fps, whereas CH is invariably 9 fps at full resolution, or 9-11 fps in DX crop mode. The buffer has been greatly expanded though. You still can't combine mirror lock-up with the self-timer, meaning in mirror up mode you either have to push the shutter release button twice - once to raise the mirror and again to take the shot -, which kind of defeats the whole point of this mode; or employ a separately sold remote cord that connects to a 10-pin terminal hiding behind a hinged rubber flap on the front of the camera.

Speaking of the DX mode, it has to be noted that the Nikon D3S has a new 1.2x crop mode as well, although it does not offer the benefit of increased frame rate in continuous high speed drive mode. Sports photographers might welcome this addition nonetheless, as it also allows them to compose more tightly when shooting faraway subjects without having to manually crop the image post capture, and also to see what's going on just outside the frame (the part of the viewfinder that falls outside the capture area in DX or 1.2x crop mode is masked out, but the mask is not completely opaque). One advantage of the 1.2x crop mode over 1.5x DX is that you get more resolution (8.4 megapixels versus 5.1). The D3S also retains the 5:4 aspect ratio crop option of the D3. You can choose the image area - FX, DX, 1.2x crop or 5:4 - from the menu, but you can also assign this function to the Fn or DOF preview buttons found on the front panel of the camera.

One of the most important enhancements over its predecessor is the ability of the Nikon D3S to shoot movies. Whilst the D3 and D3x can only shoot stills, the D3S can also record 720p high-definition video at 24 frames per second. A number of Nikon DX cameras, including the D90, the D5000 and the D300s, also offer this feature, but the Nikon D3S is the first FX model to shoot video. Thanks to its larger sensor, the D3S produces cleaner footage at high sensitivity settings, and allows even more sophisticated depth-of-field control. Like the D300s, it lets you use autofocus while filming, by way of pressing the AF-ON button - but again, it's too slow and hunts way too much to be actually useful. Beginners are advised to choose a small aperture and rely on depth of field for sharp footage, whereas professional videographers will want to use third-party accessories for smooth focus pulling. In terms of sound recording options, the Nikon D3S has a built-in monaural microphone as well as a stereo mic input.

Of course, the Nikon D3S is, first and foremost, an SLR camera - so let us now take a look at how it performs at its more traditional functions. The optical viewfinder, which is one of the most important parts of any SLR, is huge and bright with 100% frame coverage, and has a fairly high eye-point too, which is great news for eyeglass wearers. Unlike the DX offerings, the D3S does not have an on-demand grid overlay - but at least the focusing screen is user interchangeable. Those who prefer to use a grid should purchase and install a separately sold type E clear-matte VI focusing screen.

The D3S' 51-point autofocus module, unchanged from the D3, is a true pleasure to use. Thankfully, the AF points aren't engraved on the focusing screen, so you only see the one in use, which goes a long way toward avoiding viewfinder clutter. Selecting the active AF point is done by way of the eight-way pad, unless the focus selector lock is in the L (=Locked) position or Auto Area AF is selected. Like its predecessor, the Nikon D3S also has single-point and dynamic AF area options. In the latter mode, you also select the focus point manually, but after that, the D3S attempts to track the subject even if it leaves the selected focus point. The number of AF points used for this can be selected from 9, 21 and 51 via a custom setting. If '51 points (3D tracking)' is selected, the camera will track the subject across the frame using colour information from the 1005-pixel RGB metering sensor.

The D3S can autofocus with practically any AF lens ever made by Nikon, including AF-D, AF-I and AF-S models. The exceptions are lenses made for the Nikon F3AF that are simply not compatible with the Nikon D3S. Autofocus speeds will depend greatly on the lens in use. Just because a lens has a silent wave motor, it does not necessarily focus faster than others - a case in point is the AF-S Nikkor 50mm f/1.4G supplied by Nikon, which was a bit “lazy” despite the AF-S designation. On the other hand the cheap and unpretentious-looking AF-D 28-80mm f/3.3-5.6G zoom was always lightning fast to lock focus when mounted to the D3S.

Most manual-focus Nikkors can be used too. In order to get open-aperture colour matrix metering with these lenses, enter the lens' focal length and maximum aperture via the 'Non-CPU lens data' menu item in the Setup menu. This will also allow the D3S to display the working aperture on the status LCD as soon as you change it via the aperture ring on the lens (provided it has aperture indexing), and record both the focal length and the actual aperture value in the EXIF. And while manual-focus lenses obviously won't autofocus, the D3S' AF sensors remain active, and the green focus confirmation dot will light up when the subject is in focus. I tested this feature using an old Horizont branded F-mount lens, and it worked perfectly - the portrait of yours truly posing in an orange shirt and necktie was shot with this lens wide open at f/2.8.

Just like its forebear, the Nikon D3S has two Compact Flash memory card slots. The implementation is exemplary: you can tell the camera to record every image simultaneously on both cards for instant backup, or designate one card to store raw files and the other JPEGs, or use the secondary card for “overflow” - you name it. Note that the D3S drops support for Type II Compact Flash cards - not that you are likely to own one, but be warned just in case. Speaking of memory cards, the card compartment door itself is as rugged as you would expect it to be, but the cover that hides the door locking pin is rather flimsy.

The Nikon D3S doesn't have a pop-up flash, but there is a standard Prontor-Compur terminal as well as a hot-shoe that accommodates both Nikon Speedlights and generic centre-contact flash units. The D3S supports the Nikon Creative Lighting system, although in the absence of a built-in flash, you will need either an SU-800 commander unit or a Nikon system flash to provide TTL flash exposure control for wirelessly slaved Speedlights. The x-sync speed is 1/250th of a second - not bad, but given that some of Nikon's older entry-level DSLR cameras (such as the D70 and the D40) offered flash synchronisation at up to 1/500th of a second without having to put the flash in FP mode, 1/250th of a second on a pro body is nothing to write home about in 2010.

In use, the Nikon D3S proved to be a fantastic tool. It's an extremely responsive camera that seems to react instantly to anything you throw at it (except if you are in live view, that is). Start-up feels instantaneous, even if you enable the new automatic sensor cleaning function. There is no shutter lag to speak of and with the right lens mounted, focusing is also very fast. Those who have never used a full-frame DSLR before will be astounded at the huge viewfinder. Anyone who has a bit of experience with a recent Nikon DSLR will feel right at home in the menu, even if it's more exhaustive than that of a D90 or D300s. And even if there are a few menu items whose location you never seem to remember, you can collect these under the My Menu heading, which is also a great place for your most frequently used settings. The customisation options that might seem intimidating at first sight allow you to tailor the workings of the camera to your peculiar needs and tastes.

Of course the biggest claim made by Nikon - namely, improved signal-to-noise ratio at ultra-high sensitivity settings - is related to image quality, so let us now move on to find out if this claim is backed up by any visual evidence.

Next Page Image Quality »

Vitamin D2 just as good as D3?

By Stephen Daniells Stephen Daniells 04-Jan-2008 2008-01-04T00:00:00Z

Challenging the view that vitamin D3 is more potent than D2, researchers from Boston University have reported that both forms are equally effective at maintaining 25-hydroxyvitamin D status.

Several studies have reported that vitamin D2 is between 30 and 50 per cent less effective as the D3 form in maintaining blood levels in humans. The new study, published in the Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism . could challenge this view however. The three-month study with 68 subjects found that supplementation with both forms produced similar results. Vitamin D refers to two biologically inactive precursors - D3, also known as cholecalciferol, and D2, also known as ergocalciferol. The former is produced in the skin on exposure to UVB radiation (290 to 320 nm). The latter is derived from plants and only enters the body via the diet. Both D3 and D2 precursors are hydroxylated in the liver and kidneys to form 25- hydroxyvitamin D (25(OH)D), the non-active 'storage' form, and 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (1,25(OH)2D), the biologically active form that is tightly controlled by the body. "Our results suggest that vitamin D2 is as effective as vitamin D3 in sustaining both 25(OH)D and 1,25(OH)2D levels and improving bone health," wrote lead author Michael Holick. "Our observations also suggest that 1,000 International Units (IU) of vitamin D2 or vitamin D3 is required to sustain blood levels of 25(OH)D above a mean of 20 ng/ml, but was insufficient in raising the levels above a mean of 30 ng/ml." Currently, the vitamin's RDA is 400 IU, but calls have been growing louder to increase this level considerably. The new study appears to support this view. Holick and co-workers randomly assigned the subjects (average age 38.6) to one of four intervention groups for 11 weeks. The first received placebo, the second received 1,000 IU (25 micrograms) vitamin D2, the third received 1,000 IU (25 micrograms) vitamin D3, and the fourth received 500 IU vitamin D2 plus 500 IU vitamin D3. All supplements were manufactured by Tishcon Corp. Sixty percent of the adults were vitamin D deficient at the start of the study. The Boston-based researchers report that adults in the placebo group experienced no significant change in their total 25(OH)D levels during the winter and early spring. Adults receiving the vitamin D supplements all experienced similar 25(OH)D level increases, however. In addition, the 1,000 IU dose of vitamin D2 or D3 did not raise 25(OH)D levels in vitamin D deficient subjects above 30 ng/ml. "One thousand IU of vitamin D2 daily was as effective as 1,000 IU of vitamin D3 in maintaining serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels and did not negatively influence serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels," said Holick. "Therefore, vitamin D2 is equally as effective as vitamin D3 in maintaining 25-hydroxyvitamin D status." "More studies are needed to determine whether the media (i. e. ethanol vs oil vs lactose) that vitamin D2 and vitamin D3 are dissolved in influence either their bioavailability or catabolism," concluded the researchers. Commenting independently on the research, Daniel Fabricant, PhD, vice president, scientific and regulatory affairs for US trade association, the Natural Products Association (NPA) told NutraIngredients. com: "It's an interesting area of study, as with any such study it generally leads to more questions than it answers. But it may bode well for vitamin D2, of course more research will be needed." "While this study may continue to confound the understanding of optimal D status, until the body of D2 clinical studies produce the results the D3 studies have, D3 will most likely continue to be favored by the research community." Dr. Fabricant added that the analytical methodology of measuring vitamin D also require attention since multitude challenges currently exist.

"One issue with Liquid Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (LC-MS) is that it has a relative inability to discriminate between 25(OH)D3 and its inactive isomer 3-epi-25(OH)D3, additionally the production of 25(OH)D2 as a result of vitamin D2 supplementation may additionally hinder the assessment of total circulating 25(OH)D, apparently some common assay systems used for clinical purposes have either a diminished capacity or do not detect 25(OH)D2 with the same efficiency as 25(OH)D3," he said. "It would be important to run some sort of comparative analysis to determine whether this was also a factor in LC-MS analysis of Vitamin D." Previously, researchers from Creighton University in Omaha reported in 2004 that while both forms of the vitamin do produce similar rises in serum concentration of the native vitamin, indicating equivalent absorption, only vitamin D3 sustained 25(OH)D levels over a 14 day period. However, serum 25OHD fell rapidly in the D2-supplemented subjects and was not different from baseline at 14 days. Source: Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism Published online ahead of print, 18 December 2007. doi:10.1210/jc.2007-2308 "Vitamin D2 is as effective as vitamin D3 in maintaining circulating concentrations of 25-hydroxyvitamin D" Authors: M. F. Holick, R. M. Biancuzzo, T. C. Chen, E. K. Klein, A. Young, D. Bibuld, R. Reitz, W. Salameh, A. Ameri, and A. D. Tannenbaum

Read NutraIngredients. com's report of the 2004 Creighton University report here.

Noticias relacionadas

Prostates protected by vitamin D: study

Fast Shipping! Most of our stocked parts ship within 24 hours (M-Th). Expedited shipping available, just call! Most prices for parts and manuals are below our competitors. Compare our super low shipping rates! We have the parts you need to repair your tractor. We are a company you can trust and have generous return policies. Shop Online Today or call our friendly sales staff toll free (800) 853-2651 . [ About Us ]

Copyright y copia; 1997-2017 Yesterday's Tractor Co. All Rights Reserved. Reproduction of any part of this website, including design and content, without written permission is strictly prohibited. Trade Marks and Trade Names contained and used in this Website are those of others, and are used in this Website in a descriptive sense to refer to the products of others. Use of this Web site constitutes acceptance of our User Agreement and Privacy Policy

TRADEMARK DISCLAIMER: Tradenames and Trademarks referred to within Yesterday's Tractor Co. products and within the Yesterday's Tractor Co. websites are the property of their respective trademark holders. None of these trademark holders are affiliated with Yesterday's Tractor Co. our products, or our website nor are we sponsored by them. John Deere and its logos are the registered trademarks of the John Deere Corporation. Agco, Agco Allis, White, Massey Ferguson and their logos are the registered trademarks of AGCO Corporation. Case, Case-IH, Farmall, International Harvester, New Holland and their logos are registered trademarks of CNH Global N. V.

Yesterday's Tractors - Antique Tractor Headquarters

M edical Devices

Medical Device TAPPING SYSTEM D3 - D4 DIAM 5.5 - EF83.5.5-D3

Della stessa categoria di dispositivi medici:

PROGRESSIVE DM / ASS Sequence number assigned to the Medical Device Registration in the database Directory Medical Devices. It's a unique identifier together with its type .

FIRST DATE PUBLICATION Date ended the reporting of medical device data to the Ministry of Health . This date remains unchanged in the case of any subsequent notifications of changes in the basic data for the identification of the device in accordance with current legislation .

MEDICAL DEVICE REFERENCE Possible registration number of the medical device in relation to which has been made to the Ministry. a new notification thereof, or upon the occurrence of variations on the basic data for the identification of the device in accordance with current legislation . Enhanced only in the case where in the database Repertoire Medical Devices. for the new notification. has been chosen mode of execution which ensures the link with the previous notification .

GROUP MEDICAL DEVICE SIMILAR Possible Progressive, distinct from the PROGRESSIVE DM / ASS. which unites the Medical Devices that being notified to the Ministry have been grouped together and distinguished from each other only by the following data: - Code assigned by the Manufacturer Identification ( catalog ) - Commercial product name and model , - Measure, - Label (pdf file) .

DIRECTORY ENTRY Possible inclusion in the Directory of Medical Device. Vale " S" if in writing. "N" if not in writing.

START OF VALIDITY Date of commencement of the period of validity of the " version" of the Medical Device . Coincides with the DATE FIRST PUBLICATION in the case did not take place editing of data.

END OF VALIDITY End date of the period of validity of the " version" of the Medical Device . As shown in this file only the "version" of the current device. it is always appreciated in a dummy with " 9999/12/31 ". Unlike enhanced with significant date only for devices for which has been prepared by the Ministry of cancellation for administrative reasons .

MANUFACTURER / ASSEMBLER Name of Manufacturer in the case of TYPE = 1, name of the assembler in the case of TYPE = 2.

TAX CODE Tax Code of the Manufacturer / Assembler. enhanced exclusively for manufacturers / assemblers Italian .

VAT / VATNUMBER VAT / Vat Number Manufacturer / Assembler. enhanced exclusively for manufacturers / assemblers based in an EU member country .

CATALOG CODE FACTORY / ASSDEL PRODUCT ID according to the catalog of the Medical Device Manufacturer / Assembler .

TRADE NAME Name assigned by the Medical Device Manufacturer / Assembler .

CATEGORY Description of the Code of the National Classification of Medical Devices associated with the Medical Device Class. not appreciated for the TYPE = 2 ( Assembled ) . Refers to the CND valid reference to the START DATE VALIDITY.

CLASS Code of the National Classification of Medical Devices (CND ) associated with the Medical Device Class. not valued for the TYPE = 2 ( Assembled ) . Refers to the CND valid reference to the START DATE VALIDITY.

ENDD TRADE End date of the Medical Device Production by Manufacturer. or the end of new entries in the market of the device .

Founded in Melbourne in 1980, D3 Group is a design & manufacturing company specialising in 3D solutions to major corporate exhibition & interior clientele.

23 Sep Sydney Contemporary Art Fair. September 2017

This project required D3 Group building art gallery spaces in a Sydney heritage venue. Sounds simple but it was far from it! Working closely with Sydney Contemporary Art Fair and their architects, D3 planned and executed this giant installation over many months prior. This project also required D3 to co-ordinate with galleries who required additional.

29 May New Mitsubishi Electric stand at HIA

At this year's HIA Homeshow Sydney, Mitsubishi Electric showcased their exciting new ranges of refrigeration and air conditioning products to the home renovation market. As an existing client of D3 Group, we designed a concept for them based on strong branding and clean lines to ensure that their products were the focus of the display. The.

15 May D3 at Brisbane Truck Show 2017

D3 have designed and built for clients at this biennial Truck Show and Truck Shows in general for the best part of 20 years. The D3 projects this year were:GOUGH TRANSPORT:In order to efficiently erect a decent sized rear wall for branding and product information, we chose the versatile Octanorm system for this very narrow.

15 May D3 Releases New Website!

We welcome the new D3 Group website as an up to date client resource illustrating our core services. Our success has always been the ability to efficiently create projects of varying size and complexity and this new portalcelebrates those works. Viewers can look forward to regular news updates from within the company and industry foresight.

09 May Narva lights up AAAA

What does the Narva brand stand for? That was the question the latest AAAE custom stand answered by featuring an open planned gallery style design that featured large stretch framed images depicting Narva's dominance in market categories of 4WD, Caravanning, Transport, Mining, Industrial and General Motoring. To achieve impact, we built 4 timber monolith block wall sections.

D3 Group Melbourne 68-70 Gwelo Street Tottenham VIC 3011 P +613 9315 1335

Stand out with D3! Founded in Melbourne in 1980, D3 Group is a design & manufacturing company specialising in 3D solutions to major corporate exhibition & interior clientele.

Sorry, the page you're looking for cannot be found

You will be redirected to our homepage in 20 seconds, or you can go to Alibaba. com directly.

We' ve got millions of products and suppliers from around the world here on Alibaba. com. Why not try your search again?

Browse our products by category Find out more about what Alibaba. com has to offer

Have questions? Comments? Contact our customer service department about your experience at Alibaba. com and we will respond to you within 24 hours.

Browse by Category

Bio-Vitamin D3 5000iu

Tiny gel ‘pearls’, easy to take

Natural D3 in organic olive oil

Halal certified

Made to pharmaceutical standards

Blister packed for freshness

Vitamin D can be particularly beneficial to those individuals at greatest risk of Vitamin D deficiency. These include people with the lowest levels of sunlight exposure associated with northernmost regions of the UK, darker skinned ethnic minorities and the elderly.

1 Pearl contains 125µg (5000iu)

Bulking agent: Olive Oil

Capsule Shell: Gelatine

Humecant: Glycerol, Purified water

Vitamin D3 (cholecalciferol)

Colour: Iron Oxide

1 capsule per day or as directed by a physician

Do not exceed recommended amount

The D3s is mid-model freshening of the two-year-old Nikon D3 .

The D3s is the same camera as the D3, with a few new features thrown in to give it a little more catalog life. No big deal, Nikon has been doing this since the 1980s; adding an - s to a model while adding a couple of new things, like the N4004s, F4s. N8008s, N90s and most recently the D300s.

Nikon's pro DSLRs are on a four-year product cycle, so the D3s freshening is right on target, with a Nikon D4 expected in two more years, in summer 2011.

The Nikon D3, and now the D3s, is an absolutely killer camera for shooting sports and action in any light.

It is my first choice for shooting anything that moves.

Video (still with no real autofocus or stereo mic).

8MP, 1.2x crop (20 x 30mm) mode.

Dedicated Live View button.

Dedicated INFO button (on the wrong side of the camera).

Even stupider stupid-high ISOs to ISO 102,400.

Quiet Mode as first seen on the D5000 .

$300 higher price.

ISO 102,400 sounds nice, until you realize that I can shoot under moonlight — hand-held — at ISO 6,400. I never have any need for ISO 6,400 indoors, much less anything higher. These stupid-high ISOs are gimmicks and look terrible, at least above ISO 12,800. I shoot everything at ISO 200 - 3,200, which is fast enough.

Nikon D3s. enlarge. Note new INFO and [Lv] buttons.

6.3 x 6.2 x 3.4 in. (159.5 x 157 x 87.5 mm).

44 oz (1,240 g or 2 lbs. 12 oz) stripped butt-naked without the heavy battery, memory card, lens, cap or strap or even the accessory shoe cover.

This is the same as specified for the D3, which actually weighs 52.630 oz (3 pounds, 4.630 oz. or 1,492.0g) with a battery and CF cards.

14 October 2009

Late November 2009

About $3,600 used. September 2012.

$5,199.95, March 2010.

$5,199.95 (£4,199.99 inc. VAT, UK), October 2009.

If you're considering a Nikon D3. pass and get this new D3s.

For $300, I presume a better menu structure similar to the D90, D700 and D300s lets you get into the menu system with one hand, and a sensor cleaner. These are easily worth $300 more when sold new.

I already have a D3. I see no reason to trade it in, unless I shot sports or used it full-time, in which case I would replace it.

I support my growing family through this website, as crazy as it might seem.

The biggest help is when you use any of these links when you get anything, regardless of the country in which you live. It costs you nothing, and is this site's, and thus my family's, biggest source of support. These places have the best prices and service, which is why I've used them since before this website existed. I recommend them all personally .

If you find this page as helpful as a book you might have had to buy or a workshop you may have had to take, feel free to help me continue helping everyone .

If you've gotten your gear through one of my links or helped otherwise. you're family. It's great people like you who allow me to keep adding to this site full-time. ¡Gracias!

As this page is copyrighted and formally registered, it is unlawful to make copies, especially in the form of printouts for personal use. If you wish to make a printout for personal use, you are granted one-time permission only if you PayPal me $5.00 per printout or part thereof. ¡Gracias!

Thanks for reading!

The products and the claims made about specific products on or through this site have not been evaluated by Good Health Naturally or the United States Food and Drug Administration and are not approved to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent disease. The information provided on this site is for informational purposes only and is not intended as a substitute for advice from your physician or other health care professional or any information contained on or in any product label or packaging. Usted no debe usar la información en este sitio para el diagnóstico o tratamiento de cualquier problema de salud o para la prescripción de cualquier medicación u otro tratamiento. Usted debe consultar con un profesional de la salud antes de comenzar cualquier dieta, ejercicio o programa de suplementación, antes de tomar cualquier medicamento, o si tiene o sospecha que podría tener un problema de salud.

Prices and promotions are subject to change without notice.

Whilst all efforts are made to ensure accuracy of description, specifications and pricing there may be occasions where errors arise. Should such a situation occur the company cannot accept your order. In the event of a mistake you will be contacted with a full explanation and a corrected offer. The information displayed is considered as an invitation to treat not as a confirmed offer for sale. The contract is confirmed upon supply of goods, Prices and promotions are subject to change without notice.

Good Health Naturally Hertensteinstrasse 51, Luzern, Lucerne, 6004, Switzerland

For all other trading, product and sales, questions email admin@GoodHealthNaturally. com or phone +44 203 746 3283

D3 Business Update May 2017

Investment Outlook:

Don had the opportunity to meet and listen to three very prominent thought leaders in the investment arena this past week. The presenters were David Rosenberg, economist; Ian Bremmer, global geo-political strategist; and Brian Singer, dynamic allocation strategist.

The key takeaways were as follows:

The Winter weather during the first quarter was a 2 standard deviation event compared to a normal Winter. It had a significant slowing effect on the economy which should be reversed in the second quarter. The third quarter of 2017 will be key for the year.

Chance for a recession in 2017 is close to 0%.

The labor market is tighter that most people realize. Look for consumer spending and capital spending to pickup in 2017.

Macro-economic risks around the world are lower than they were last year at this time.

Geo-political risks have increased significantly as a result of Russia’s global expansion efforts and the United States global contraction efforts (backing out of the Iraq and Afghan wars).

Focus on changing uncertainty, an unknowable unknown, which cannot be managed to risk, a knowable unknown that can be managed. The biggest uncertainty and threat to the world economy is a trade war.

We currently live in a complex adaptive system and the key to projecting volatility will be estimating how well the system absorbs shocks. Game theory is a decision modelling approach to evaluate situations where historic data is not available or relevant (i. e. baby boomer retirement).

Invest dynamically because compensation for risk is constantly changing over time.

Adam’s Most Recent Key Economic Analysis:

With over 60% of S&P 500 constituent companies reporting earnings, 69% have beaten earnings per share (EPS) estimates. So far, EPS grew 5.2% from last year; half of that growth coming from revenue growth, and the other half coming from margin expansion, or cost cutting.

The Labor Department reported today that the U. S. economy added 288,000 jobs and that the headline unemployment rate dropped to 6.3%. As the economy continues to improve, and the U. S. gets closer to full employment, this should create more revenue growth, which is where we expect the majority of earnings growth to come from moving forward.

Although we believe equities offer better return opportunities than fixed income in this economic environment, it is important to manage U. S. equity return expectations moving forward. Equity returns generally come from three areas: earnings growth, dividends, and multiples.

Earnings Growth – Given the slow and steady expected economic growth, and no apparent recession in sight we expect earnings growth to remain in the mid-single digit range moving forward.

Dividends – Dividends and dividend equivalents (share buybacks) have consistently added about 2.6% of total return to the S&P 500 over the last two years. Because cash balances remain elevated, we expect this figure to remain the same, or slightly increase going forward.

Multiples – With the forward price to earnings multiple (P/E ratio) of the S&P 500 hovering around its 15 year average of 15 times earnings, it is clear that U. S. equities are no longer on sale. While multiples could expand, we do not expect, and will not rely on multiple expansion as a driver of returns for 2017.

Investment Strategy:

Nothing over the past month has changed our slow, steady growth thesis. We have completed our quarterly review of your investments and will be making some minor changes. We have identified some alternative, tail risk management opportunities that we will be doing further research on. If the economy continues to add jobs at an increasing pace, we will start to see interest rates rise sooner than later.

If you know of anyone that has questions about their financial future, please refer them to D3 for an hourly second opinion. As always, thank you for your confidence in D3 Financial Counselors where “We serve our clients by providing Integrity, Trust, Wisdom and Confidence.”

By: Donald Duncan MBA, CFP®, CPA, CFA™ – April 9th, 2017

M edical Devices

Medical Device TAPPING SYSTEM D3 - D4 DIAM 5.0 - EF83.5.0-D3